<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ONIXMessage SYSTEM "http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/02/reference/onix-international.dtd">
<ONIXMessage>
<Header>
<FromCompany>Cambridge University Press Australia</FromCompany>
<FromPerson>Cambridge Datashop (datashop@cambridge.org)</FromPerson>
<SentDate>20100430</SentDate>
<MessageNote>This data is Copyright to Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press makes no guarantee of the accuracy or the timeliness of production. It is supplied for your exclusive use as our customer and only for the purpose of facilitating the ordering of these books (authorised purpose). While it may be copied once for the authorised purpose, written permission from Cambridge University Press must be obtained for any other use. If you were not an intended recipient, you must notify the sender and delete all copies.</MessageNote>
</Header>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521144280</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144285</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144285</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Watch This Space</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Future of Australian Journalism</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521144285</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Deitz, Milissa</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<BICMainSubject>KNT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode/>
<Text/>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/44285/cover/9780521144285.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197201</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197205</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197205</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ireland</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A History</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197205</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bartlett, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>648</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Ireland has rarely been out of the news during the past thirty years. Whether as a war-zone in which Catholic nationalists and Protestant Unionists struggled for supremacy, a case study in conflict resolution or an economy that for a time promised to make the Irish among the wealthiest people on the planet, the two Irelands have truly captured the world's imagination. Yet single-volume histories of Ireland are rare.  Here, Thomas Bartlett, one of the country's leading historians, sets out a fascinating new history that ranges from prehistory to the present. Integrating politics, society and culture, he offers an authoritative historical road map that shows exactly how - and why - Ireland, north and south, arrived at where it is today. This is an indispensable guide to both the legacies of the past for Ireland's present and to the problems confronting north and south in the contemporary world.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97205/cover/9780521197205.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521633311</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521633314</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521633314</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dictionary of Irish Biography 9 Volume Set</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From the Earliest Times to the Year 2002</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521633314</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Quinn, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>9672</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>GBCB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Published in collaboration with the Royal Irish Academy, the Dictionary of Irish Biography is the most comprehensive and authoritative biographical reference work available both in print and online for Ireland. From James Ussher to James Joyce, St Patrick to Patrick Pearse, St Brigit to Maud Gonne MacBride, Maria Edgeworth to Elizabeth Bowen, Edward Carson to Bobby Sands, this indispensable resource outlines the careers at home and overseas of prominent men and women born in Ireland, north and south, and the noteworthy Irish careers of those born outside Ireland. Distinctive features of the Dictionary include the particular attention paid to outstanding women who have previously been overlooked and its broad coverage of the modern period.  &#8226; 9 volumes, over 9,000 entries, covering 9,700 lives, ranging from the earliest times to 2002  &#8226; Biographical subjects include: artists, scientists, lawyers, actors, musicians, writers, politicians, criminals, and saints  &#8226; Compiled by 700 expert advisors and contributors  &#8226; Articles range from 200 to 15,000 words, from fascinating short summaries to detailed assessments.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/33314/cover/9780521633314.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20091119</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>2100.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521128846</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128841</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128841</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Iraq Wars and America's Military Revolution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521128841</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shimko, Keith L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBWS5</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Many saw the United States' decisive victory in Desert Storm (1991) as not only vindication of American defense policy since Vietnam but also confirmation of a revolution in military affairs (RMA). Just as information-age technologies were revolutionizing civilian life, the Gulf War appeared to reflect similarly profound changes in warfare. A debate has raged ever since about a contemporary RMA and its implications for American defense policy. Addressing these issues, The Iraq Wars and America's Military Revolution is a comprehensive study of the Iraq Wars in the context of the RMA debate. Focusing on the creation of a reconnaissance-strike complex and conceptions of parallel or nonlinear warfare, Keith L. Shimko finds a persuasive case for a contemporary RMA while recognizing its limitations as well as promise.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/28841/cover/9780521128841.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100730</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052111151X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111515</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521111515</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Iraq Wars and America's Military Revolution</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521111515</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shimko, Keith L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBWS5</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Many saw the United States' decisive victory in Desert Storm (1991) as not only vindication of American defense policy since Vietnam but also confirmation of a revolution in military affairs (RMA). Just as information-age technologies were revolutionizing civilian life, the Gulf War appeared to reflect similarly profound changes in warfare. A debate has raged ever since about a contemporary RMA and its implications for American defense policy. Addressing these issues, The Iraq Wars and America's Military Revolution is a comprehensive study of the Iraq Wars in the context of the RMA debate. Focusing on the creation of a reconnaissance-strike complex and conceptions of parallel or nonlinear warfare, Keith L. Shimko finds a persuasive case for a contemporary RMA while recognizing its limitations as well as promise.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/28841/cover/9780521128841.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100521</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521731577</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731577</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Malcolm X</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521731577</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Terrill, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Malcolm X is one of the most important figures in the twentieth-century struggle for equality in America. With the passing of time, and changing attitudes to race and religion in American society, the significance of a public figure like Malcolm X continues to evolve and to challenge. This Companion presents new perspectives on Malcolm X's life and legacy in a series of specially commissioned essays by prominent scholars from a range of disciplines. As a result, this is an unusually rich analysis of this important African American leader, orator, and cultural icon. Intended as a source of information on his life, career and influence and as an innovative substantive scholarly contribution in its own right, the book also includes an introduction, a chronology of the life of Malcolm X, and a select bibliography.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31577/cover/9780521731577.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515904</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Malcolm X</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515900</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Terrill, Robert E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Malcolm X is one of the most important figures in the twentieth-century struggle for equality in America. With the passing of time, and changing attitudes to race and religion in American society, the significance of a public figure like Malcolm X continues to evolve and to challenge. This Companion presents new perspectives on Malcolm X's life and legacy in a series of specially commissioned essays by prominent scholars from a range of disciplines. As a result, this is an unusually rich analysis of this important African American leader, orator, and cultural icon. Intended as a source of information on his life, career and influence and as an innovative substantive scholarly contribution in its own right, the book also includes an introduction, a chronology of the life of Malcolm X, and a select bibliography.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15900/cover/9780521515900.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052175917X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521759175</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521759175</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Attitudes to Language</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521759175</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Just about everyone seems to have views about language. Language attitudes and language ideologies permeate our daily lives. Our competence, intelligence, friendliness, trustworthiness, social status, group memberships, and so on, are often judged from the way we communicate. Even the speed at which we speak can evoke reactions. And we often try to anticipate such judgements as we communicate. In this lively introduction, Peter Garrett draws upon research carried out over recent decades in order to discuss such attitudes and the implications they have for our use of language, for social advantage or discrimination, and for social identity. Using a range of examples that includes punctuation, words, grammar, pronunciation, accents, dialects and languages, this book explores the intricate and fascinating ways in which language influences our everyday thoughts, feelings and behaviour.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/59175/cover/9780521759175.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521766044</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766043</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766043</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Attitudes to Language</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766043</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Garrett, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>268</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Just about everyone seems to have views about language. Language attitudes and language ideologies permeate our daily lives. Our competence, intelligence, friendliness, trustworthiness, social status, group memberships, and so on, are often judged from the way we communicate. Even the speed at which we speak can evoke reactions. And we often try to anticipate such judgements as we communicate. In this lively introduction, Peter Garrett draws upon research carried out over recent decades in order to discuss such attitudes and the implications they have for our use of language, for social advantage or discrimination, and for social identity. Using a range of examples that includes punctuation, words, grammar, pronunciation, accents, dialects and languages, this book explores the intricate and fascinating ways in which language influences our everyday thoughts, feelings and behaviour.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/66043/cover/9780521766043.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521713986</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521713986</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521713986</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Twentieth-Century French Poetry</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Critical Anthology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521713986</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Az&#233;rad, Hugues</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modern French poetry is unique in the boldness and creativity of its experiments in form and genre, from classical verse to vers libre, from calligrammes to prose poems and po&#233;sie sonore. This anthology includes 32 poems by French and francophone poets, each followed by an accessibly written, detailed commentary. The different approaches adopted in the close readings by specialists in their field reflect the major trends in current literary criticism and theory. A foreword by one of France's foremost poets, Yves Bonnefoy, a general introduction, and an afterword provide a helpful theoretical framework for the study of modern poetry. An extensive bibliography, concise biographies of the poets, and a glossary of literary terms are included. Students of French and of comparative literature will gain a deeper understanding of the development of French verse and of the artistic movements (especially in the visual arts) which have shaped twentieth-century French poetry.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/13986/cover/9780521713986.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521886422</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886420</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521886420</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Twentieth-Century French Poetry</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Critical Anthology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521886420</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Az&#233;rad, Hugues</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Collier, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modern French poetry is unique in the boldness and creativity of its experiments in form and genre, from classical verse to vers libre, from calligrammes to prose poems and po&#233;sie sonore. This anthology includes 32 poems by French and francophone poets, each followed by an accessibly written, detailed commentary. The different approaches adopted in the close readings by specialists in their field reflect the major trends in current literary criticism and theory. A foreword by one of France's foremost poets, Yves Bonnefoy, a general introduction, and an afterword provide a helpful theoretical framework for the study of modern poetry. An extensive bibliography, concise biographies of the poets, and a glossary of literary terms are included. Students of French and of comparative literature will gain a deeper understanding of the development of French verse and of the artistic movements (especially in the visual arts) which have shaped twentieth-century French poetry.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/86420/cover/9780521886420.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521690862</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521690867</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521690867</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Schoenberg</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521690867</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Auner, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Arnold Schoenberg - composer, theorist, teacher, painter, and one of the most important and controversial figures in twentieth-century music. This Companion presents engaging essays by leading scholars on Schoenberg's central works, writings, and ideas over his long life in Vienna, Berlin, and Los Angeles. Challenging monolithic views of the composer as an isolated elitist, the volume demonstrates that what has kept Schoenberg and his music interesting and provocative was his profound engagement with the musical traditions he inherited and transformed, with the broad range of musical and artistic developments during his lifetime he critiqued and incorporated, and with the fundamental cultural, social, and political disruptions through which he lived. The book provides introductions to Schoenberg's most important works, and to his groundbreaking innovations including his twelve-tone compositions. Chapters also examine Schoenberg's lasting influence on other composers and writers over the last century.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/90867/cover/9780521690867.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521870496</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521870498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521870498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Schoenberg</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521870498</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shaw, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Auner, Joseph</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AV</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Arnold Schoenberg - composer, theorist, teacher, painter, and one of the most important and controversial figures in twentieth-century music. This Companion presents engaging essays by leading scholars on Schoenberg's central works, writings, and ideas over his long life in Vienna, Berlin, and Los Angeles. Challenging monolithic views of the composer as an isolated elitist, the volume demonstrates that what has kept Schoenberg and his music interesting and provocative was his profound engagement with the musical traditions he inherited and transformed, with the broad range of musical and artistic developments during his lifetime he critiqued and incorporated, and with the fundamental cultural, social, and political disruptions through which he lived. The book provides introductions to Schoenberg's most important works, and to his groundbreaking innovations including his twelve-tone compositions. Chapters also examine Schoenberg's lasting influence on other composers and writers over the last century.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/70498/cover/9780521870498.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521672244</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521672245</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521672245</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Victorian Poetry</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521672245</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Linda K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Victorian poetry was read and enjoyed by a much larger audience than is sometimes thought. Publication in widely-circulating periodicals, reprinting in book reviews, and excerpting in novels and essays ensured that major poets such as Tennyson, Browning, Hardy and Rossetti were household names, and they remain popular today. The Cambridge Introduction to Victorian Poetry provides an accessible overview of British poetry from 1830 to 1901, paying particular attention to its role in mass media print culture. Designed to interest both students and scholars, the book traces lively dialogues between poets and explains poets' choices of form, style and language. It also demonstrates poetry's relevance to Victorian debates on science, social justice, religion, imperialism, and art. Featuring a glossary of literary terms, a guide to further reading, and two examples of close readings of Victorian poems, this introduction is the ideal starting-point for the study of verse in the nineteenth century.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/72245/cover/9780521672245.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>45.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521856248</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521856249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521856249</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Victorian Poetry</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521856249</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hughes, Linda K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Victorian poetry was read and enjoyed by a much larger audience than is sometimes thought. Publication in widely-circulating periodicals, reprinting in book reviews, and excerpting in novels and essays ensured that major poets such as Tennyson, Browning, Hardy and Rossetti were household names, and they remain popular today. The Cambridge Introduction to Victorian Poetry provides an accessible overview of British poetry from 1830 to 1901, paying particular attention to its role in mass media print culture. Designed to interest both students and scholars, the book traces lively dialogues between poets and explains poets' choices of form, style and language. It also demonstrates poetry's relevance to Victorian debates on science, social justice, religion, imperialism, and art. Featuring a glossary of literary terms, a guide to further reading, and two examples of close readings of Victorian poems, this introduction is the ideal starting-point for the study of verse in the nineteenth century.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/56249/cover/9780521856249.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131782</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131780</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131780</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Whitefella Comin'</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Aboriginal Responses to Colonialism in Northern Australia</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131780</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Trigger, David Samuel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHMC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book was first published in 1992. Aboriginal people in Australia's Gulf Country had been dealing with Whites for more than one hundred years. Whitefella Comin' depicts life at Doomadgee, an Aboriginal settlement administered by Brethren missionaries from the early 1930s until 1983. Dr Trigger's portrayal of life at Doomadgee was the first to be published by an anthropologist about such a settlement in Queensland. Through detailed historical and ethnographic study, the author seeks understanding of Aboriginal responses to the intrusions of Australian society. He examines coercion and violence on the frontier, the incorporation of Aboriginal people into the pastoral industry and their reactions to both the authoritarianism and benevolent paternalism of Christian missionaries. The influence of government policies and administrative practices is examined throughout the book. In addressing the structures and processes of power relations between Aborigines and Whites, the author develops an analysis of resistance and accommodation on the part of Aboriginal people.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/01814/cover/9780521401814.gif</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100301</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>45.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521132029</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521132022</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521132022</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Global Green New Deal</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Rethinking the Economic Recovery</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521132022</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Barbier, Edward B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Meeting the short run challenges of reviving the worldwide economy need not mean sacrificing long run economic and environmental sustainability. A Global Green New Deal (GGND) is an economic policy strategy for ensuring a more economically and environmentally sustainable world economic recovery. Reviving growth and creating jobs should be essential objectives. But policies should also aim to reduce carbon dependency, protect ecosystems and water resources, and alleviate poverty. Otherwise, economic recovery today will do little to avoid future economic and environmental crises. Part One argues why a GGND strategy is essential to the sustainability of the global economy. Part Two provides an overview of the key national policies whilst Part Three focuses on the global actions necessary to allow national policies to work. Part Four summarizes the main recommendations for national and international action, and discusses the wider implications for restructuring the world economy towards 'greener' development.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/32022/cover/9780521132022.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>51.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763096</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763097</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763097</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Global Green New Deal</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Rethinking the Economic Recovery</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763097</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Barbier, Edward B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Meeting the short run challenges of reviving the worldwide economy need not mean sacrificing long run economic and environmental sustainability. A Global Green New Deal (GGND) is an economic policy strategy for ensuring a more economically and environmentally sustainable world economic recovery. Reviving growth and creating jobs should be essential objectives. But policies should also aim to reduce carbon dependency, protect ecosystems and water resources, and alleviate poverty. Otherwise, economic recovery today will do little to avoid future economic and environmental crises. Part One argues why a GGND strategy is essential to the sustainability of the global economy. Part Two provides an overview of the key national policies whilst Part Three focuses on the global actions necessary to allow national policies to work. Part Four summarizes the main recommendations for national and international action, and discusses the wider implications for restructuring the world economy towards 'greener' development.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63097/cover/9780521763097.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521141478</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521141475</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521141475</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Analysis and Design with Emphasis on Application of AS3600-2009</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521141475</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Loo, Yew-Chaye</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chowdhury, Sanaul H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode/>
<Text/>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/41475/cover/9780521141475.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521133491</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521133494</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521133494</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Handbook of International Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521133494</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Aust, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>To the new student of international law, the subject can appear extremely complex: a system of laws created by states, international courts and tribunals operating at the national and global level. A clear guide to the subject is essential to ensure understanding. This handbook provides exactly that: written by an expert who both teaches and practises in the field, it focuses on what the law is; how it is created; and how it is applied to solve day-to-day problems. It offers a uniquely practical approach to the subject, giving it relevance and immediacy. The new edition retains a concise, user-friendly format allowing central principles such as jurisdiction and the law of treaties to be understood. In addition, it explores more specialised topics such as human rights, terrorism and the environment.  This handbook is the ideal introduction for students new to international law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/33494/cover/9780521133494.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>96.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521117054</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Handbook of International Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117050</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Aust, Anthony</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>592</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>To the new student of international law, the subject can appear extremely complex: a system of laws created by states, international courts and tribunals operating at the national and global level. A clear guide to the subject is essential to ensure understanding. This handbook provides exactly that: written by an expert who both teaches and practises in the field, it focuses on what the law is; how it is created; and how it is applied to solve day-to-day problems. It offers a uniquely practical approach to the subject, giving it relevance and immediacy. The new edition retains a concise, user-friendly format allowing central principles such as jurisdiction and the law of treaties to be understood. In addition, it explores more specialised topics such as human rights, terrorism and the environment.  This handbook is the ideal introduction for students new to international law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/17050/cover/9780521117050.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521533686</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521533683</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521533683</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Metaphysics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521533683</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Markosian, Ned</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book is an accessible introduction to the central themes of contemporary metaphysics. It carefully considers accounts of causation, freedom and determinism, laws of nature, personal identity, mental states, time, material objects, and properties, while inviting students to reflect on metaphysical problems. The philosophical questions discussed include: What makes it the case that one event causes another event? What are material objects? Given that material objects exist, do such things as properties exist? What makes it the case that a person may exist at two different times? An Introduction to Metaphysics makes these tough questions tractable by presenting the features and flaws of current attempts to answer them. Intended primarily for students taking a first class in metaphysics, this lucid and well-written text would also provide an excellent introduction for anyone interested in knowing more about this important area of philosophy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/33683/cover/9780521533683.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>48.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521826292</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521826297</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521826297</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Metaphysics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521826297</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Carroll, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Markosian, Ned</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book is an accessible introduction to the central themes of contemporary metaphysics. It carefully considers accounts of causation, freedom and determinism, laws of nature, personal identity, mental states, time, material objects, and properties, while inviting students to reflect on metaphysical problems. The philosophical questions discussed include: What makes it the case that one event causes another event? What are material objects? Given that material objects exist, do such things as properties exist? What makes it the case that a person may exist at two different times? An Introduction to Metaphysics makes these tough questions tractable by presenting the features and flaws of current attempts to answer them. Intended primarily for students taking a first class in metaphysics, this lucid and well-written text would also provide an excellent introduction for anyone interested in knowing more about this important area of philosophy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/26297/cover/9780521826297.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521717760</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717762</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717762</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The History of the Social Sciences since 1945</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521717762</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Backhouse, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fontaine, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This compact volume covers the main developments in the social sciences since the Second World War. Chapters on economics, human geography, political science, psychology, social anthropology, and sociology will interest anyone wanting short, accessible histories of those disciplines, all written by experts in the relevant field; they will also make it easy for readers to make comparisons between disciplines. A final chapter proposes a blueprint for a history of the social sciences as a whole. Whereas most of the existing literature considers the social sciences in isolation from one other, this volume shows that they have much in common; for example, they have responded to common problems using overlapping methods, and cross-disciplinary activities have been widespread.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/17762/cover/9780521717762.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521889065</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889063</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889063</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The History of the Social Sciences since 1945</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521889063</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Backhouse, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fontaine, Philippe</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This compact volume covers the main developments in the social sciences since the Second World War. Chapters on economics, human geography, political science, psychology, social anthropology, and sociology will interest anyone wanting short, accessible histories of those disciplines, all written by experts in the relevant field; they will also make it easy for readers to make comparisons between disciplines. A final chapter proposes a blueprint for a history of the social sciences as a whole. Whereas most of the existing literature considers the social sciences in isolation from one other, this volume shows that they have much in common; for example, they have responded to common problems using overlapping methods, and cross-disciplinary activities have been widespread.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/17762/cover/9780521717762.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521614872</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521614870</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521614870</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A History of Islam in America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From the New World to the New World Order</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521614870</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>GhaneaBassiri, Kambiz</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Muslims began arriving in the New World long before the rise of the Atlantic slave trade. Kambiz GhaneaBassiri's fascinating book traces the history of Muslims in the United States and their different waves of immigration and conversion across five centuries, through colonial and antebellum America, through world wars and civil rights struggles, to the contemporary era. The book tells the often deeply moving stories of individual Muslims and their lives as immigrants and citizens within the broad context of the American religious experience, showing how that experience has been integral to the evolution of American Muslim institutions and practices. This is a unique and intelligent portrayal of a diverse religious community and its relationship with America. It will serve as a strong antidote to the current politicized dichotomy between Islam and the West, which has come to dominate the study of Muslims in America and further afield.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14870/cover/9780521614870.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100512</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521849640</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521849647</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521849647</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A History of Islam in America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From the New World to the New World Order</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521849647</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>GhaneaBassiri, Kambiz</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>456</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Muslims began arriving in the New World long before the rise of the Atlantic slave trade. Kambiz GhaneaBassiri's fascinating book traces the history of Muslims in the United States and their different waves of immigration and conversion across five centuries, through colonial and antebellum America, through world wars and civil rights struggles, to the contemporary era. The book tells the often deeply moving stories of individual Muslims and their lives as immigrants and citizens within the broad context of the American religious experience, showing how that experience has been integral to the evolution of American Muslim institutions and practices. This is a unique and intelligent portrayal of a diverse religious community and its relationship with America. It will serve as a strong antidote to the current politicized dichotomy between Islam and the West, which has come to dominate the study of Muslims in America and further afield.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/14870/cover/9780521614870.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100512</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521131871</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131872</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521131872</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Darfur's Sorrow</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Forgotten History of a Humanitarian Disaster</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521131872</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Daly, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Darfur's Sorrow is the first general history of Darfur to be published in any language. The book surveys events from before the founding of the Fur sultanate in the sixteenth century through the rise and establishment of the Fur state and its incorporation into the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan in 1916. The narrative continues with detailed coverage of the brief but all-important colonial period (1916-1956) and Darfur's history as a neglected peripheral region since independence. The political, economic, environmental, and social factors that gave rise to the current humanitarian crisis are discussed in detail, as are the course of Darfur's rebellion, its brutal suppression by the Sudanese government, and the lawless brigands known as janjawid. The second edition of the book brings the story up to date and includes an analysis of attempts to save Darfur's embattled people and to bring an end to the fighting.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/31872/cover/9780521131872.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191742</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191746</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191746</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Darfur's Sorrow</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Forgotten History of a Humanitarian Disaster</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191746</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Daly, M. W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Darfur's Sorrow is the first general history of Darfur to be published in any language. The book surveys events from before the founding of the Fur sultanate in the sixteenth century through the rise and establishment of the Fur state and its incorporation into the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan in 1916. The narrative continues with detailed coverage of the brief but all-important colonial period (1916-1956) and Darfur's history as a neglected peripheral region since independence. The political, economic, environmental, and social factors that gave rise to the current humanitarian crisis are discussed in detail, as are the course of Darfur's rebellion, its brutal suppression by the Sudanese government, and the lawless brigands known as janjawid. The second edition of the book brings the story up to date and includes an analysis of attempts to save Darfur's embattled people and to bring an end to the fighting.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91746/cover/9780521191746.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521732360</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732369</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732369</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Jihad in Saudi Arabia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Violence and Pan-Islamism since 1979</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732369</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hegghammer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Saudi Arabia, homeland of Osama bin Laden and many 9/11 hijackers, is widely considered to be the heartland of radical Islamism. For decades, the conservative and oil-rich kingdom contributed recruits, ideologues and money to jihadi groups worldwide. Yet Islamism within Saudi Arabia itself remains poorly understood. Why has Saudi Arabia produced so many militants? Has the Saudi government supported violent groups? How strong is al-Qaida's foothold in the kingdom and does it threaten the regime? Why did Bin Laden not launch a campaign there until 2003? This book presents the first ever history of Saudi jihadism based on extensive fieldwork in the kingdom and primary sources in Arabic. It offers a powerful explanation for the rise of Islamist militancy in Saudi Arabia and sheds crucial new light on the history of the global jihadist movement.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32369/cover/9780521732369.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052151858X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Jihad in Saudi Arabia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Violence and Pan-Islamism since 1979</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518581</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hegghammer, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Saudi Arabia, homeland of Osama bin Laden and many 9/11 hijackers, is widely considered to be the heartland of radical Islamism. For decades, the conservative and oil-rich kingdom contributed recruits, ideologues and money to jihadi groups worldwide. Yet Islamism within Saudi Arabia itself remains poorly understood. Why has Saudi Arabia produced so many militants? Has the Saudi government supported violent groups? How strong is al-Qaida's foothold in the kingdom and does it threaten the regime? Why did Bin Laden not launch a campaign there until 2003? This book presents the first ever history of Saudi jihadism based on extensive fieldwork in the kingdom and primary sources in Arabic. It offers a powerful explanation for the rise of Islamist militancy in Saudi Arabia and sheds crucial new light on the history of the global jihadist movement.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18581/cover/9780521518581.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521137160</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521137164</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521137164</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Terrorism and the Ethics of War</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521137164</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nathanson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Most people strongly condemn terrorism; yet they often fail to say how terrorist acts differ from other acts of violence such as the killing of civilians in war. Stephen Nathanson argues that we cannot have morally credible views about terrorism if we focus on terrorism alone and neglect broader issues about the ethics of war. His book challenges influential views on the ethics of war, including the realist view that morality does not apply to war, and Michael Walzer's defence of attacks on civilians in 'supreme emergency' circumstances. It provides a clear definition of terrorism, an analysis of what makes terrorism morally wrong, and a rule-utilitarian defence of noncombatant immunity, as well as discussions of the Allied bombings of cities in World War II, collateral damage, and the clash between rights theories and utilitarianism. It will interest a wide range of readers in philosophy, political theory, international relations, and law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/37164/cover/9780521137164.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>65.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521182506</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521182508</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521182508</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Atlantic Slave Trade</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521182508</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This survey is a synthesis of the economic, social, cultural, and political history of the Atlantic slave trade, providing the general reader with a basic understanding of the current state of scholarly knowledge of forced African migration and compares this knowledge to popular beliefs. The Atlantic Slave Trade examines the four hundred years of Atlantic slave trade, covering the West and East African experiences, as well as all the American colonies and republics that obtained slaves from Africa. It outlines both the common features of this trade and the local differences that developed. It discusses the slave trade's economics, politics, demographic impact, and cultural implications in relationship to Africa as well as America. Finally, it places the slave trade in the context of world trade and examines the role it played in the growing relationship between Asia, Africa, Europe, and America. This new edition incorporates the latest findings of the last decade in slave trade studies carried out in Europe and America. It also includes new data on the slave trade voyages which have just recently been made available to the public.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/82508/cover/9780521182508.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100517</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521766303</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766302</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766302</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Atlantic Slave Trade</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766302</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Klein, Herbert S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This survey is a synthesis of the economic, social, cultural, and political history of the Atlantic slave trade, providing the general reader with a basic understanding of the current state of scholarly knowledge of forced African migration and compares this knowledge to popular beliefs. The Atlantic Slave Trade examines the four hundred years of Atlantic slave trade, covering the West and East African experiences, as well as all the American colonies and republics that obtained slaves from Africa. It outlines both the common features of this trade and the local differences that developed. It discusses the slave trade's economics, politics, demographic impact, and cultural implications in relationship to Africa as well as America. Finally, it places the slave trade in the context of world trade and examines the role it played in the growing relationship between Asia, Africa, Europe, and America. This new edition incorporates the latest findings of the last decade in slave trade studies carried out in Europe and America. It also includes new data on the slave trade voyages which have just recently been made available to the public.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/82508/cover/9780521182508.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100517</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883857669</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Episodic History of Mathematics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Mathematical Culture through Problem Solving</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883857663</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Krantz, Steven G.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>396</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBX</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>An Episodic History of Mathematics delivers a series of snapshots of the history of mathematics from ancient times to the twentieth century. The intent is not to provide an encyclopaedic history of mathematics, but to give the reader a sense of mathematical culture and history. The book also acquaints the reader with the nature and techniques of mathematics through its exercises. The book introduces the genesis of many mathematical ideas. For example, while Krantz does not get into the nuts and bolts of Andrew Wiles's solution of Fermat's Last Theorem, he does describe some of the stream of thought that created the problem and led to its solution. The focus in this text is on doing - getting involved with the mathematics and solving problems. Every chapter ends with a detailed problem set that will provide the student with many avenues for exploration and many new entrees into the subject.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/57663/cover/9780883857663.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516358</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516358</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516358</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Keith</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>7</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This best-selling undergraduate textbook provides an introduction to key experimental techniques from across the biosciences. It uniquely integrates the theories and practices that drive the fields of biology and medicine, comprehensively covering both the methods students will encounter in lab classes and those that underpin recent advances and discoveries. Its problem-solving approach continues with worked examples that set a challenge and then show students how the challenge is met. New to this edition are case studies, for example, that illustrate the relevance of the principles and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of individual patients. Coverage is expanded to include a section on stem cells, chapters on immunochemical techniques and spectroscopy techniques, and additional chapters on drug discovery and development, and clinical biochemistry. Experimental design and the statistical analysis of data are emphasised throughout to ensure students are equipped to successfully plan their own experiments and examine the results obtained.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16358/cover/9780521516358.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521731674</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731676</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731676</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521731676</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wilson, Keith</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walker, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>7</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>760</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This best-selling undergraduate textbook provides an introduction to key experimental techniques from across the biosciences. It uniquely integrates the theories and practices that drive the fields of biology and medicine, comprehensively covering both the methods students will encounter in lab classes and those that underpin recent advances and discoveries. Its problem-solving approach continues with worked examples that set a challenge and then show students how the challenge is met. New to this edition are case studies, for example, that illustrate the relevance of the principles and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of individual patients. Coverage is expanded to include a section on stem cells, chapters on immunochemical techniques and spectroscopy techniques, and additional chapters on drug discovery and development, and clinical biochemistry. Experimental design and the statistical analysis of data are emphasised throughout to ensure students are equipped to successfully plan their own experiments and examine the results obtained.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31676/cover/9780521731676.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521757436</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521757430</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521757430</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dogs: Domestication and the Development of a Social Bond</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521757430</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morey, Darcy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSVW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book traces the evolution of the dog, from its origins about 15,000 years ago up to recent times. The timing of dog domestication receives attention, with comparisons between different genetics-based models and archaeological evidence. Allometric patterns between dogs and their ancestors, wolves, shed light on the nature of the morphological changes that dogs underwent. Dog burials highlight a unifying theme of the whole book: the development of a distinctive social bond between dogs and people; the book also explores why dogs and people relate so well to each other. Though cosmopolitan in overall scope, the greatest emphasis is on the New World, with an entire chapter devoted to dogs of the arctic regions, mostly in the New World. Discussion of several distinctive modern roles of dogs underscores the social bond between dogs and people.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/57430/cover/9780521757430.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>95.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760062</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dogs: Domestication and the Development of a Social Bond</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760065</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morey, Darcy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSVW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book traces the evolution of the dog, from its origins about 15,000 years ago up to recent times. The timing of dog domestication receives attention, with comparisons between different genetics-based models and archaeological evidence. Allometric patterns between dogs and their ancestors, wolves, shed light on the nature of the morphological changes that dogs underwent. Dog burials highlight a unifying theme of the whole book: the development of a distinctive social bond between dogs and people; the book also explores why dogs and people relate so well to each other. Though cosmopolitan in overall scope, the greatest emphasis is on the New World, with an entire chapter devoted to dogs of the arctic regions, mostly in the New World. Discussion of several distinctive modern roles of dogs underscores the social bond between dogs and people.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60065/cover/9780521760065.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521116775</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116770</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116770</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge History of Chinese Literature 2 Volume Set</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116770</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chang, Kang-i Sun</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Owen, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1704</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>China has one of the longest continuous literary traditions in the world. From the beginnings of the Chinese written language to the lively world of internet literature, these two volumes tell the story of Chinese writing, both as an instrument of the state and as a medium for culture outside the state. The chapters, organized chronologically, treat not only poetry, drama, and fiction, but also historical writing and other prose forms. Written by internationally recognized experts in the field, the History frequently challenges current scholarship, from taking recent archeological discoveries into consideration to understanding Chinese modernity not as a sudden rupture with the past but as part of a longer process. The History offers both an integrated narrative, situating literature in its larger cultural context, and an overview of the key developments of the past millennia accessible to non-specialist readers as well as scholars and students of Chinese.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/16770/cover/9780521116770.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>680.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763592</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763592</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763592</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Romance, Diaspora, and Black Atlantic Literature</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763592</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Goyal, Yogita</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Romance, Diaspora, and Black Atlantic Literature offers a rich, interdisciplinary treatment of modern black literature and cultural history, showing how debates over Africa in the works of major black writers generated productive models for imagining political agency. Yogita Goyal analyzes the tensions between romance and realism in the literature of the African diaspora, examining a remarkably diverse group of twentieth-century authors, including W. E. B. Du Bois, Chinua Achebe, Richard Wright, Ama Ata Aidoo and Caryl Phillips. Shifting the center of black diaspora studies by considering Africa as constitutive of black modernity rather than its forgotten past, Goyal argues that it is through the figure of romance that the possibility of diaspora is imagined across time and space. Drawing on literature, political history and postcolonial theory, this significant addition to the cross-cultural study of literatures will be of interest to scholars of African American studies, African studies and American literary studies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63592/cover/9780521763592.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052176968X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769686</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521769686</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Style, Gender, and Fantasy in Nineteenth-Century American Women's Writing</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521769686</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beam, Dorri</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Dorri Beam presents an important contribution to nineteenth-century fiction by examining how and why a florid and sensuous style came to be adopted by so many authors. Discussing a diverse range of authors, including Margaret Fuller and Pauline Hopkins, Beam traces this style through a variety of literary endeavors and reconstructs the political rationale behind the writers' commitments to this form of prose. Beam provides both close readings of a number of familiar and unfamiliar works and an overarching account of the importance of this form of writing, suggesting new ways of looking at how gender determines literary style. Style, Gender, and Fantasy in Nineteenth Century American Women's Writing redefines our understanding of women's relation to aesthetics and their contribution to both American literary romanticism and feminist reform. This illuminating account provides valuable new insights for scholars of American literature and women's writing.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/69686/cover/9780521769686.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521112273</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521112277</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521112277</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Social Memory in Ancient and Colonial Mesoamerica</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112277</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Megged, Amos</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>358</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Social Memory in Ancient and Colonial Mesoamerica, Amos Megged uncovers the missing links in Mesoamerican peoples' quest for their collective past. Analyzing ancient repositories of knowledge, as well as social and religious practices, he uncovers the unique procedures and formulas by which social memory was communicated and how it operated in Mesoamerica prior to the Spanish conquest. He also explores how cherished and revived practices evolved, how they were adapted to changing circumstances, and how they helped various ethnic groups cope with the tribulations of colonization and Christianization. Megged's volume also suggests how social and cultural historians, ethnohistorians, and anthropologists can rethink indigenous representations of the past while taking into account the deep transformations in Mexican society during the colonial era.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12277/cover/9780521112277.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100226</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521119901</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Archaeology of Measurement</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Comprehending Heaven, Earth and Time in Ancient Societies</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521119900</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Iain</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The construction of formal measurement systems underlies the development of science, technology, economy and new ways of understanding and explaining the world. Human societies have developed such systems in different ways, in different places and at different times, and recent archaeological investigations highlight the importance of these activities for fundamental aspects of human life. Measurement systems have provided the structure for addressing key concerns of cosmological belief systems, as well as the means for articulating relationships between the human form, human action, and the world. The Archaeology of Measurement explores the archaeological evidence for the development of measuring activities in numerous ancient societies, as well as the implications of these discoveries for an understanding of their worlds and beliefs. Featuring contributions from a cast of internationally renowned scholars, it analyses the relationships between measurement, economy, architecture, symbolism, time, cosmology, ritual, and religion among prehistoric and early historic societies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/35887/cover/9780521135887.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100517</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521135885</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135887</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135887</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Archaeology of Measurement</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Comprehending Heaven, Earth and Time in Ancient Societies</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521135887</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morley, Iain</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Renfrew, Colin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The construction of formal measurement systems underlies the development of science, technology, economy and new ways of understanding and explaining the world. Human societies have developed such systems in different ways, in different places and at different times, and recent archaeological investigations highlight the importance of these activities for fundamental aspects of human life. Measurement systems have provided the structure for addressing key concerns of cosmological belief systems, as well as the means for articulating relationships between the human form, human action, and the world. The Archaeology of Measurement explores the archaeological evidence for the development of measuring activities in numerous ancient societies, as well as the implications of these discoveries for an understanding of their worlds and beliefs. Featuring contributions from a cast of internationally renowned scholars, it analyses the relationships between measurement, economy, architecture, symbolism, time, cosmology, ritual, and religion among prehistoric and early historic societies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/35887/cover/9780521135887.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100510</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>75.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521792487</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521792486</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521792486</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Northern Court Cities of Italy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Milan, Parma, Piacenza, Mantua, Ferrara, Bologna, Urbino, Pesaro, and Rimini</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521792486</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rosenberg, Charles M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>478</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This volume examines the painting, sculpture, decorative arts, and architecture produced in nine important court cities of Italy during the course of the fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth centuries. Although each chapter represents a separate study of a particular geographical locale, many common themes emerge. This volume gives a multifaceted consideration of the art created for princes, prelates, confraternities, and civic authorities - works displayed in public squares, private palaces, churches, and town halls. Including six essays specially commissioned that explore the interaction of artists and their civic and/or courtly patrons within the context of prevailing cultural, political, and religious circumstances, The Northern Court Cities of Italy provides a rich supplement to traditional accounts of the artistic heritage of the Italian Renaissance, which has traditionally focused on the Florentine, Venetian, and Roman traditions. The book includes 35 color plates and 221 black and white illustrations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/92486/cover/9780521792486.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>375.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521518881</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518888</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518888</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dark Energy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Observational and Theoretical Approaches</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518888</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ruiz-Lapuente, Pilar</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>338</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>'Dark energy' is the name given to the unknown cause of the Universe's accelerating expansion, which is one of the most significant and surprising discoveries in recent cosmology. Understanding this enigmatic ingredient of the Universe and its gravitational effects is a very active, and growing, field of research. In this volume, twelve world-leading authorities on the subject present the basic theoretical models that could explain dark energy, and the observational and experimental techniques employed to measure it. Covering the topic from its origin, through recent developments, to its future perspectives, this book provides a complete and comprehensive introduction to dark energy for a range of readers. It is ideal for physics graduate students who have just entered the field and researchers seeking an authoritative reference on the topic.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18888/cover/9780521518888.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521513960</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521513968</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521513968</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women, Feminism and Religion in Early Enlightenment England</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521513968</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Apetrei, Sarah</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Illuminating a formative period in the debate over sexual difference, this book contributes to our understanding of the origins of feminist thought. In late seventeenth-century England, female writers from diverse religious and political traditions confronted the question of women's subordination. Their feminist protests disturbed even those who championed women's education and defended female virtue. Some of these women, including Lady Mary Chudleigh and the Tory feminist Mary Astell, have attracted interest for their literary achievements and philosophical originality. This book approaches them from a new perspective, arguing that the primary impulse for their feminism was religious reformism: manifest in personal devotion, serious theological reflection and a vision for moral renewal and social justice. This reforming feminism, Sarah Apetrei argues, links Astell to the assertive women of dissenting and spiritualist traditions. Far from being a constraining influence on feminism, religion was a stimulus to new thinking about the status of women.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/13968/cover/9780521513968.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521708869</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708869</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708869</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cicero: Pro Sexto Roscio</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521708869</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dyck, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Sextus Roscius was murdered in Rome some months after the official end of the Sullan proscriptions on 1 June 81 BC. The case was tried early the following year with a young Cicero acting as defense counsel in his first criminal case for the accused son. Though a novice, Cicero was able to tap into the public anger over the uncontrolled killing and looting of the proscriptions and channel it against the men behind the prosecution, T. Roscius Magnus and T. Roscius Capito. Cicero won a career-making victory, establishing his reputation as a formidable advocate. This, the first new edition of the work in English to be published for almost a century, provides a Latin text and commentary updated to take account of advances in the study of the Latin language as well as Roman institutions, law and society. It is suitable for use with upper-level undergraduates and graduate students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/08869/cover/9780521708869.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521882249</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882248</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882248</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Cicero: Pro Sexto Roscio</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521882248</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dyck, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Sextus Roscius was murdered in Rome some months after the official end of the Sullan proscriptions on 1 June 81 BC. The case was tried early the following year with a young Cicero acting as defense counsel in his first criminal case for the accused son. Though a novice, Cicero was able to tap into the public anger over the uncontrolled killing and looting of the proscriptions and channel it against the men behind the prosecution, T. Roscius Magnus and T. Roscius Capito. Cicero won a career-making victory, establishing his reputation as a formidable advocate. This, the first new edition of the work in English to be published for almost a century, provides a Latin text and commentary updated to take account of advances in the study of the Latin language as well as Roman institutions, law and society. It is suitable for use with upper-level undergraduates and graduate students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/08869/cover/9780521708869.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521898218</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521898218</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521898218</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>From the Tetrarchs to the Theodosians</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Later Roman History and Culture, 284-450 CE</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521898218</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGill, Scott</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sogno, Cristiana</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Watts, Edward</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>An integrated collection of essays examining the politics, social networks, law, historiography, and literature of the later Roman world. The volume treats three central themes: the first section looks at political and social developments across the period and argues that, in spite of the stress placed upon traditional social structures, many elements of Roman life remained only slightly changed. The second section focuses upon biographical texts and shows how late-antique authors adapted traditional modes of discourse to new conditions. The final section explores the first years of the reign of Theodosius I and shows how he built upon historical foundations while unfurling new methods for utilising, presenting, and commemorating imperial power. These papers analyse specific events and local developments to highlight examples of both change and continuity in the Roman world from 284-450.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/98218/cover/9780521898218.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194164</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194167</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194167</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>One God</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Pagan Monotheism in the Roman Empire</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194167</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mitchell, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van Nuffelen, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>250</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Graeco-Roman religion in its classic form was polytheistic; on the other hand, monotheistic ideas enjoyed wide currency in ancient philosophy. This contradiction provides a challenge for our understanding of ancient pagan religion. Certain forms of cult activity, including acclamations of 'one god' and the worship of theos hypsistos, the highest god, have sometimes been interpreted as evidence for pagan monotheism. This book discusses pagan monotheism in its philosophical and intellectual context, traces the evolution of new religious ideas in the time of the Roman empire, and evaluates the usefulness of the term 'monotheism' as a way of understanding these developments in later antiquity outside the context of Judaism and Christianity. In doing so, it establishes a new framework for understanding the relationship between polytheistic and monotheistic religious cultures between the first and fourth centuries AD.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94167/cover/9780521194167.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052114566X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145664</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145664</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>She-Wolf</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Story of a Roman Icon</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145664</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mazzoni, Cristina</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Since antiquity, the she-wolf has served as the potent symbol of Rome. For more than two thousand years, the legendary animal that rescued Romulus and Remus has been the subject of historical and political accounts, literary treatments in poetry and prose, and visual representations in every medium. In She-Wolf: The Story of a Roman Icon, Cristina Mazzoni examines the evolution of the she-wolf as a symbol in western history, art, and literature, from antiquity to contemporary times. Used, for example, as an icon of Roman imperial power, papal authority, and the distance between the present and the past, the she-wolf has also served as an allegory for greed, good politics, excessive female sexuality, and, most recently, modern, multi-cultural Rome. Mazzoni engagingly analyzes the various role guises of the she-wolf over time in the first comprehensive study in any language on this subject.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45664/cover/9780521145664.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194563</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194563</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194563</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>She-Wolf</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Story of a Roman Icon</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194563</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mazzoni, Cristina</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Since antiquity, the she-wolf has served as the potent symbol of Rome. For more than two thousand years, the legendary animal that rescued Romulus and Remus has been the subject of historical and political accounts, literary treatments in poetry and prose, and visual representations in every medium. In She-Wolf: The Story of a Roman Icon, Cristina Mazzoni examines the evolution of the she-wolf as a symbol in western history, art, and literature, from antiquity to contemporary times. Used, for example, as an icon of Roman imperial power, papal authority, and the distance between the present and the past, the she-wolf has also served as an allegory for greed, good politics, excessive female sexuality, and, most recently, modern, multi-cultural Rome. Mazzoni engagingly analyzes the various role guises of the she-wolf over time in the first comprehensive study in any language on this subject.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94563/cover/9780521194563.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521148839</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148832</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Socrates on Friendship and Community</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Reflections on Plato's Symposium, Phaedrus, and Lysis</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521148832</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Mary</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>238</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Socrates on Friendship and Community, Mary P. Nichols addresses Kierkegaard's and Nietzsche's criticism of Socrates and recovers the place of friendship and community in Socratic philosophizing. This approach stands in contrast to the modern philosophical tradition, in which Plato's Socrates has been viewed as an alienating influence on Western thought and life. Nichols' rich analysis of both dramatic details and philosophic themes in Plato's Symposium, Phaedras, and Lysis shows how love finds its fulfilment in the reciprocal relation of friends. Nichols also shows how friends experience another as their own and themselves as belonging to another. Their experience, she argues, both sheds light on the nature of philosophy and serves as a standard for a political life that does justice to human freedom and community.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/48832/cover/9780521148832.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198437</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198431</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198431</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Socratic Moral Psychology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198431</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brickhouse, Thomas C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smith, Nicholas D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Socrates' moral psychology is widely thought to be 'intellectualist' in the sense that, for Socrates, every ethical failure to do what is best is exclusively the result of some cognitive failure to apprehend what is best. Until fairly recently, the view that, for Socrates, emotions and desires have no role to play in causing such failure went unchallenged. This book argues against the orthodox view of Socratic intellectualism and offers in its place a comprehensive alternative account that explains why Socrates believed that emotions, desires and appetites can influence human motivation and lead to error. Thomas C. Brickhouse and Nicholas D. Smith defend the study of Socrates' philosophy and offer a new interpretation of Socratic moral psychology. Their novel account of Socrates' conception of virtue and how it is acquired shows that Socratic moral psychology is considerably more sophisticated than scholars have supposed.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98431/cover/9780521198431.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145910</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145916</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145916</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Etymologies of Isidore of Seville</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145916</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Barney, Stephen A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, W. J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beach, J. A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Berghof, Oliver</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>488</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This work is a complete English translation of the Latin Etymologies of Isidore, Bishop of Seville (c.560-636). Isidore compiled the work between c.615 and the early 630s and it takes the form of an encyclopedia, arranged by subject matter. It contains much lore of the late classical world beginning with the Seven Liberal Arts, including Rhetoric, and touches on thousands of topics ranging from the names of God, the terminology of the Law, the technologies of fabrics, ships and agriculture to the names of cities and rivers, the theatrical arts, and cooking utensils. Isidore provides etymologies for most of the terms he explains, finding in the causes of words the underlying key to their meaning. This book offers a highly readable translation of the twenty books of the Etymologies, one of the most widely known texts for a thousand years from Isidore's time.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45916/cover/9780521145916.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100415</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521457742</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521457743</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521457743</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Three Homeric Hymns</TitleText>
<Subtitle>To Apollo, Hermes, and Aphorodite</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521457743</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>These lively narrative poems, attributed in antiquity to Homer, are works of great charm. Composed for recitation at festivals in honour of the gods, they tell of Apollo's birth on the island of Delos and his foundation of the Delphic oracle; Hermes' invention of the lyre and theft of his brother Apollo's cattle; and Aphrodite's love affair with the mortal Anchises. This edition offers a new text of these poems. The Introduction discusses among other things the nature and purpose of the poems in general, their origins, their structure and themes. The Commentary brings out the individual character of each Hymn, by analyzing in depth its language and literary qualities, and also its religious and historical aspects. The aim is to make these Hymns more accessible to students of Greek literature, and help them to appreciate the poems more fully as major works of early Greek poetry.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/57743/cover/9780521457743.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>60.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521124271</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521124270</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521124270</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Roman Wedding</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Ritual and Meaning in Antiquity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521124270</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hersch, Karen K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The wedding ritual of the ancient Romans provides a crucial key to understanding their remarkable civilization. The intriguing ceremony represented the starting point of a Roman family as well as a Roman girl's transition to womanhood. This is the first book-length examination of Roman wedding ritual. Drawing on literary, legal, historical, antiquarian, and artistic evidence of Roman nuptials from the end of the Republic through the early Empire (from ca. 200 BC to AD 200), Karen Hersch shows how the Roman wedding expressed the ideals and norms of an ancient people. Her book is an invaluable tool for Roman social historians interested in how ideas of gender, law, religion, and tradition are interwoven into the wedding ceremony of every culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/24270/cover/9780521124270.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196108</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196109</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196109</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Roman Wedding</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Ritual and Meaning in Antiquity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196109</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hersch, Karen K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The wedding ritual of the ancient Romans provides a crucial key to understanding their remarkable civilization. The intriguing ceremony represented the starting point of a Roman family as well as a Roman girl's transition to womanhood. This is the first book-length examination of Roman wedding ritual. Drawing on literary, legal, historical, antiquarian, and artistic evidence of Roman nuptials from the end of the Republic through the early Empire (from ca. 200 BC to AD 200), Karen Hersch shows how the Roman wedding expressed the ideals and norms of an ancient people. Her book is an invaluable tool for Roman social historians interested in how ideas of gender, law, religion, and tradition are interwoven into the wedding ceremony of every culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/24270/cover/9780521124270.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521145678</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145671</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521145671</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Art and Judaism in the Greco-Roman World</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Toward a New Jewish Archaeology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521145671</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fine, Steven</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Art and Judaism in the Greco-Roman World explores the Jewish experience with art during the Greco-Roman period - from the Hellenistic period through the rise of Islam. It starts with the premise that Jewish art in antiquity was a 'minority' or 'ethnic' art and surveys ways that Jews fully participated in, transformed, and at times rejected the art of their general environment. Art and Judaism focuses upon the politics of identity during the Greco-Roman period, even as it discusses ways that modern identity issues have sometimes distorted and at other times refined scholarly discussion of ancient Jewish material culture. Art and Judaism, the first historical monograph on ancient Jewish art in forty years, evaluates earlier scholarship even as it sets out in new directions. Placing literary sources in careful dialogue with archaeological discoveries, this 'New Jewish Archaeology' is an important contribution to Judaic Studies, Religious Studies, Art History, and Classics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/45671/cover/9780521145671.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521451582</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521451581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521451581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Three Homeric Hymns</TitleText>
<Subtitle>To Apollo, Hermes, and Aphorodite</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521451581</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Richardson, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>278</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>These lively narrative poems, attributed in antiquity to Homer, are works of great charm. Composed for recitation at festivals in honour of the gods, they tell of Apollo's birth on the island of Delos and his foundation of the Delphic oracle; Hermes' invention of the lyre and theft of his brother Apollo's cattle; and Aphrodite's love affair with the mortal Anchises. This edition offers a new text of these poems. The Introduction discusses among other things the nature and purpose of the poems in general, their origins, their structure and themes. The Commentary brings out the individual character of each Hymn, by analyzing in depth its language and literary qualities, and also its religious and historical aspects. The aim is to make these Hymns more accessible to students of Greek literature, and help them to appreciate the poems more fully as major works of early Greek poetry.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/51581/cover/9780521451581.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521119138</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119139</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119139</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Sparse Image and Signal Processing</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Wavelets, Curvelets, Morphological Diversity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521119139</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Starck, Jean-Luc</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Murtagh, Fionn</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fadili, Jalal</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UYS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book presents the state of the art in sparse and multiscale image and signal processing, covering linear multiscale transforms, such as wavelet, ridgelet, or curvelet transforms, and non-linear multiscale transforms based on the median and mathematical morphology operators. Recent concepts of sparsity and morphological diversity are described and exploited for various problems such as denoising, inverse problem regularization, sparse signal decomposition, blind source separation, and compressed sensing. This book weds theory and practice in examining applications in areas such as astronomy, biology, physics, digital media, and forensics. A final chapter explores a paradigm shift in signal processing, showing that previous limits to information sampling and extraction can be overcome in very significant ways. Matlab and IDL code accompany these methods and applications to reproduce the experiments and illustrate the reasoning and methodology of the research are available for download at the associated web site.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/19139/cover/9780521119139.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196124</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196123</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196123</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Climate Change Policy in the European Union</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Confronting the Dilemmas of Mitigation and Adaptation?</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196123</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jordan, Andrew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Huitema, Dave</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van Asselt, Harro</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rayner, Tim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Berkhout, Frans</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The European Union (EU) has emerged as a leading governing body in the international struggle to govern climate change. The transformation that has occurred in its policies and institutions has profoundly affected climate change politics at the international level and within its 27 Member States. But how has this been achieved when the EU comprises so many levels of governance, when political leadership in Europe is so dispersed and the policy choices are especially difficult? Drawing on a variety of detailed case studies spanning the interlinked challenges of mitigation and adaptation, this volume offers an unrivalled account of how different actors wrestled with the complex governance dilemmas associated with climate policy making. Opening up the EU's inner workings to non-specialists, it provides an unparalleled perspective on the unique way that the EU governs, as well as exploring its ability to maintain a leading position in international climate change politics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96123/cover/9780521196123.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521117194</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117197</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117197</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>European Commission Decisions on Competition</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Economic Perspectives on Landmark Antitrust and Merger Cases</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117197</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Russo, Francesco</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schinkel, Maarten Pieter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>G&#252;nster, Andrea</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Carree, Martin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>424</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>European Commission Decisions on Competition provides a comprehensive economic classification and analysis of all European Commission decisions adopted pursuant to Articles 101, 102 and 106 of the FEU Treaty from 1962 to 2009. It also includes a sample of landmark European merger cases. The decisions are organized according to the principal economic theory applied in the case. For each economic category, the seminal Commission decision that became a reference point for that type of anticompetitive behavior is described. For this, a fixed template format is used throughout the book. All subsequent decisions in which the same economic principle was applied are listed chronologically. It complements the most widely used textbooks in industrial organization, competition economics and competition law, to which detailed references are offered. The book contains source material for teachers and students, scholars of competition law and economics, as well as practising competition lawyers and officials.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/17197/cover/9780521117197.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>927909842X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789279098420</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789279098420</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Euro</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The First Decade</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789279098420</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Buti, Marco</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Deroose, Servaas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gaspar, Vitor</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Martins, Jo&#227;o Nogueira</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1048</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>On 1 January 1999 eleven EU Member States adopted a new currency - the euro. The introduction of the euro was a remarkable feat in the history of European monetary, financial, economic and political integration. It was an event of worldwide significance. Despite much criticism and predictions that it would quickly collapse, the first decade of the euro has been a remarkable success. The euro area has now expanded to 16 members with a combined population of 326 million and contributes 16 per cent of global output. This book is the first to provide a wide-ranging strategic review of the first decade of the euro. Written by an impressive line-up of academic and professional economists, The Euro: The First Decade is an invaluable reference for scholars and policy makers who wish to know more about the successes and failures of the euro and the challenges that lie ahead.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97892790/98420/cover/9789279098420.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521171202</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521171205</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521171205</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The New ICT Ecosystem</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Implications for Policy and Regulation</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521171205</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fransman, Martin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The ICT sector is crucial as a driver of economic and social growth. Not only is it an important industry in its own right, but it also provides the communication and infrastructure without which modern economies could not function. How does this sector work? Why is it stronger in some countries than in others? What should companies, governments and regulators be doing to enhance its contribution? In The New ICT Ecosystem, Martin Fransman answers these and other questions by developing the idea of the ICT sector as an evolving ecosystem. He shows that some components of the ICT ecosystem, particularly the innovation process, work better in some countries and regions than in others. For example, the Internet content and applications layer of the ecosystem tends to work better in the US than in Europe or Asia. The analysis in this book enables policy makers and regulators to understand why some parts of the ICT ecosystem are underperforming and what can be done to enhance their performance. The previous edition of The New ICT Ecosystem won the 2008-10 Joseph Schumpeter Prize.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/71205/cover/9780521171205.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>65.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194245</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194242</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194242</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Differential Equations for Engineers</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194242</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Xie, Wei-Chau</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>568</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TBJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Xie presents a systematic introduction to ordinary differential equations for engineering students and practitioners. Mathematical concepts and various techniques are presented in a clear, logical, and concise manner. Various visual features are used to highlight focus areas. Complete illustrative diagrams are used to facilitate mathematical modeling of application problems. Readers are motivated by a focus on the relevance of differential equations through their applications in various engineering disciplines. Studies of various types of differential equations are determined by engineering applications. Theory and techniques for solving differential equations are then applied to solve practical engineering problems. A step-by-step analysis is presented to model the engineering problems using differential equations from physical principles and to solve the differential equations using the easiest possible method. This book is suitable for undergraduate students in engineering.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94242/cover/9780521194242.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100517</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760798</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760799</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760799</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Signal Processing and Optimization for Transceiver Systems</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760799</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vaidyanathan, P.P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Phoong, See-May</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lin, Yuan-Pei</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>874</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Presenting the first complete treatment of MIMO transceiver optimization, this self-contained book provides all the mathematical information needed to understand transceiver optimization in a single volume. It begins with a review of digital communication fundamentals, and then moves on to a detailed study of joint transceiver optimization, starting from simple single-input single-output channels all the way to minimum bit error rate transceivers for MIMO channels. Crucial background material is covered, such as Schur convex functions, matrix calculus, and constrained optimization, together with eight appendices providing further background material on topics such as matrix theory, random processes, and sampling theory. A final ninth appendix provides a grand summary of all the optimization results. With 360 illustrations, over 70 worked examples, and numerous summary tables provided to aid understanding of key concepts, this book is ideal for graduate students, practitioners, and researchers in the fields of communications and signal processing.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60799/cover/9780521760799.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100311</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521192293</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192293</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192293</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Solid Mechanics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521192293</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hosford, William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book provides a background in the mechanics of solids for students of mechanical engineering, while limiting the information on why materials behave as they do. It is assumed that the students have already had courses covering materials science and basic statics. Much of the material is drawn from another book by the author, Mechanical Behavior of Materials. To make the text suitable for mechanical engineers, the chapters on slip, dislocations, twinning, residual stresses, and hardening mechanisms have been eliminated and the treatment of ductility, viscoelasticity, creep, ceramics, and polymers has been simplified.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/92293/cover/9780521192293.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100322</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>220.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521895715</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ben Jonson in Context</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521895712</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sanders, Julie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>400</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Bringing together a group of established and emergent Jonson scholars, this volume reacts to major new advances in thinking about the writer and his canon of works. The study is divided into two distinct parts: the first considers the Jonsonian career and output from biographical, critical, and performance-based angles; the second looks at cultural and historical contexts building on rich interdisciplinary work. Social historians work alongside literary critics to provide a diverse and varied account of Jonson. These are less standard surveys of the field than vibrant interventions into current critical debates. The short-essay format of the collection seeks less to harmonize and homogenize than to raise awareness of new avenues of research on Jonson, including studies informed by book history, cultural geography, the law and legal discourse, the history of science, and interests in material culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/95712/cover/9780521895712.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521117364</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117364</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117364</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>George Eliot's Intellectual Life</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117364</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fleishman, Avrom</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>308</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It is well known that George Eliot's intelligence and her wide knowledge of literature, history, philosophy and religion shaped her fiction, but until now no study has followed the development of her thinking through her whole career. This intellectual biography traces the course of that development from her initial Christian culture, through her loss of faith and working out of a humanistic and cautiously progressive world view, to the thought-provoking achievements of her novels. It focuses on her responses to her reading in her essays, reviews and letters as well as in the historical pictures of Romola, the political implications of Felix Holt, the comprehensive view of English society in Middlemarch, and the visionary account of personal inspiration in Daniel Deronda. This portrait of a major Victorian intellectual is an important addition to our understanding of Eliot's mind and works, as well as of her place in nineteenth-century British culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/17364/cover/9780521117364.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191882</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191883</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191883</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ghost-Seers, Detectives, and Spiritualists</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Theories of Vision in Victorian Literature and Science</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191883</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smajic, Srdjan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>280</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is an original study of the narrative techniques that developed for two very popular forms of fiction in the nineteenth century - ghost stories and detective stories - and the surprising similarities between them in the context of contemporary theories of vision and sight. Srdjan Smaji&#263; argues that to understand how writers represented ghost-seers and detectives, the views of contemporary scientists, philosophers, and spiritualists with which these writers engage have to be taken into account: these views raise questions such as whether seeing really is believing, how much of what we 'see' is actually only inferred, and whether there may be other (intuitive or spiritual) ways of seeing that enable us to perceive objects and beings inaccessible to the bodily senses. This book will make a real contribution to the understanding of Victorian science in culture, and of the ways in which literature draws on all kinds of knowledge.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91883/cover/9780521191883.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052119279X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192798</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192798</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Johnson's Milton</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521192798</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rees, Christine</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>310</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Samuel Johnson is often represented as primarily antagonistic or antipathetic to Milton. Yet his imaginative and intellectual engagement with Milton's life and writing extended across the entire span of his own varied writing career. As essayist, poet, lexicographer, critic and biographer - above all as reader - Johnson developed a controversial, fascinating and productive literary relationship with his powerful predecessor. To understand how Johnson creatively appropriates Milton's texts, how he critically challenges yet also confirms Milton's status, and how he constructs him as a biographical subject, is to deepen the modern reader's understanding of both writers in the context of historical continuity and change. Christine Rees's insightful study will be of interest not only to Milton and Johnson specialists, but to all scholars of early modern literary history and biography.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/92798/cover/9780521192798.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521198046</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198042</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198042</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Jonathan Swift in Print and Manuscript</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198042</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Karian, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>284</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The study of Jonathan Swift's works has most often focused on print publication, with less scholarly attention devoted to manuscript circulation. Based on extensive research into the manuscript versions of Swift's poetry, Stephen Karian's analysis breaks new ground in suggesting new ways of interpreting the different choices Swift made to circulate his texts in either print or manuscript form. He explains Swift's relationships with his publishers in England and Ireland; the ways in which his writings circulated in hand-written form; and the effect that political censorship had on the manner in which his most outspoken political poems were published. Working at the intersection of book history, bibliography, and textual and literary criticism, this book will open up new areas of study for Swift scholars, as well as developing an important methodology for the study of the distribution and reception of literary texts in the eighteenth century.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98042/cover/9780521198042.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521117429</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117425</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117425</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Jonson, Horace and the Classical Tradition</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117425</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Moul, Victoria</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The influence of the Roman poet Horace on Ben Jonson has often been acknowledged, but never fully explored. Discussing Jonson's Horatianism in detail, this study also places Jonson's densely intertextual relationship with Horace's Latin text within the broader context of his complex negotiations with a range of other 'rivals' to the Horatian model including Pindar, Seneca, Juvenal and Martial. The new reading of Jonson's classicism that emerges is one founded not upon static imitation, but rather a lively dialogue between competing models - an allusive mode that extends into the seventeenth-century reception of Jonson himself as a latter-day 'Horace'. In the course of this analysis, the book provides fresh readings of many of Jonson's best known poems - including 'Inviting a Friend to Dinner' and 'To Penshurst' - as well as a new perspective on many lesser known pieces, and a range of unpublished manuscript material.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/17425/cover/9780521117425.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195802</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195805</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195805</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>London, Modernism, and 1914</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195805</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Walsh, Michael J. K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The outbreak of the First World War coincided with the beginnings of high modernism in literature and the visual arts to make 1914 a pivotal moment in cultural as in national history. Yeats, Wyndham Lewis, Gaudier-Breszka, Sickert, Epstein and many other avant-garde artists were at work in London during 1914, responding to urgent political as well as aesthetic problems. London was the setting for key exhibitions of high modernist paintings and sculptures, and home to a number of important movements: the Bloomsbury Group, the Whitechapel Boys and the Vorticists among them. These original essays collectively portray a dynamic, remarkable year in the city's art world, whose creative tensions and conflicts were rocked by the declaration of war. A bold, innovative account of the time and place that formed the genesis of modernism, this book suggests new routes through the fields of modernist art and literature.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95805/cover/9780521195805.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196450</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196451</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196451</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Poetic Justice  and Legal Fictions</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196451</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kertzer, Jonathan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>178</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSBH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Literature reveals the intense efforts of moral imagination required to articulate what justice is and how it might be satisfied. Examining a wide variety of texts including Shakespeare's plays, Gilbert and Sullivan's operas, and modernist poetics, Poetic Justice and Legal Fictions explores how literary laws and values illuminate and challenge the jurisdiction of justice and the law. Jonathan Kertzer examines how justice is articulated by its command of, or submission to, time, nature, singularity, truth, transcendence and sacrifice, marking the distance between the promise of justice to satisfy our moral and sociable needs and its failure to do so. Poetic Justice and Legal Fictions will be invaluable reading for scholars of the law within literature and amongst modernist and twentieth century literature specialists.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96451/cover/9780521196451.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521190150</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190152</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190152</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Politics and Literature in the Age of Swift</TitleText>
<Subtitle>English and Irish Perspectives</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521190152</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rawson, Claude</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Jonathan Swift was the most influential political commentator of his time, in both England and Ireland. His writings are a major source for historians of the eighteenth century, as well as including some of the greatest works of satire in verse and prose. This volume presents wide-ranging new perspectives on Swift's literary and political achievement in its English and Irish contexts, bringing together some of the most energetic current scholarship on the subject in both historical and literary studies. The essays consider Swift's attitude to Dissenters, his relationship with Walpole, and his place in, and understanding of, the political demography of colonial Ireland. They also examine Swift's poems and pamphlets, and his hoaxes and satires, showing his extraordinary versatility in a wide variety of genres. Full of original insights, this volume offers a rich and important new treatment of Swift's central role in eighteenth-century political and literary culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/90152/cover/9780521190152.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052111733X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117333</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521117333</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Romanticism and Music Culture in Britain, 1770-1840</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Virtue and Virtuosity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521117333</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wood, Gillen D'Arcy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Music was central to everyday life and expression in late Georgian Britain, and this is the first interdisciplinary study of its impact on Romantic literature. Focussing on the public fascination with virtuoso performance, Gillen D'Arcy Wood documents a struggle between sober 'literary' virtue and luxurious, effeminate virtuosity that staged deep anxieties over class, cosmopolitanism, machine technology, and the professionalization of culture. A remarkable synthesis of cultural history and literary criticism, this book opens new perspectives on key Romantic authors - including Burney, Wordsworth, Austen and Byron - and their relationship to definitive debates in late Georgian culture.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/17333/cover/9780521117333.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199824</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199827</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199827</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Shakespeare and the Modern Poet</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199827</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Corcoran, Neil</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>254</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Shakespeare is a major influence on poets writing in English, but the dynamics of that influence in the twentieth century have never been as closely analysed as they are in this important study. More than an account of the ways in which Shakespeare is figured in both the poetry and the critical prose of modern poets, this book presents a provocative new view of poetic interrelationship. Focusing on W. B. Yeats, T. S. Eliot, W. H. Auden, Ted Hughes and Sylvia Plath, Neil Corcoran uncovers the relationships - combative as well as sympathetic - between these poets themselves as they are intertwined in their engagements with Shakespeare. Corcoran offers many enlightening close readings, fully alert to contemporary theoretical debates. This original study of influence and reception beautifully displays the nature of poetic influence - both of Shakespeare on the twentieth century, and among modern poets as they respond to Shakespeare.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99827/cover/9780521199827.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521884799</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884792</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884792</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Shakespeare in Stages</TitleText>
<Subtitle>New Theatre Histories</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521884792</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dymkowski, Christine</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Carson, Christie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>DSB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The history of Shakespearean performance is very well served at its two extremes, with volumes providing a valuable historical overview of the subject and others concentrating on the performance history of a particular play. However, no individual volume provides an in-depth consideration of the stage histories of a number of plays, chosen for their particular significance within specific cultural contexts. Shakespeare in Stages addresses this gap. The original case studies explore significant anglophone performances of the plays, as well as ideas about 'Shakespeare', through the changing prisms of three different cultural factors that have proved influential in the way Shakespeare is staged: notions of authenticity, attitudes towards sex and gender, and questions of identity. Ranging from the 16th to the 21st centuries and examining productions of plays in Britain, USA, Canada, Australia, and South Africa, the studies focus attention on the complex interaction between particular plays, issues, events, and periods.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/84792/cover/9780521884792.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521515823</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515825</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521515825</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Rousseau and Freedom</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521515825</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McDonald, Christie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hoffmann, Stanley</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Debates about freedom, an ideal continually contested, were first set out in their modern version by the eighteenth-century French philosopher Jean-Jacques Rousseau. His ideas and analyses were taken up during the philosophical enlightenment, often invoked during the French Revolution, and still resonate in contemporary discussions of freedom. This volume examines Rousseau's many approaches to the concept of freedom, in the context of his thought on literature, religion, music, theater, women, the body, and the arts. Its expert contributors cross disciplinary frontiers to develop thought-provoking new angles on Rousseau's thought. By taking freedom as the guiding principle of their analysis, the essays form a cohesive account of Rousseau's writings.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/15825/cover/9780521515825.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052119802X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198028</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521198028</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Representation of War in German Literature</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From 1800 to the Present</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521198028</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Krimmer, Elisabeth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The history of literature about war is marked by a fundamental paradox: although war forms the subject of countless novels, dramas, poems, and films, it is often conceived as indescribable. Even as many writers strive towards an ideal of authenticity, they maintain that no representation can do justice to the terror and violence of war. Readings of Schiller, Kleist, J&#252;nger, Remarque, Grass, B&#246;ll, Handke, and Jelinek reveal that stylistic and aesthetic features, gender discourses, and concepts of agency and victimization can all undermine a text's martial stance or its ostensible pacifist agenda. Spanning the period from the Revolutionary and Napoleonic Wars to the recent wars in Yugoslavia and Iraq, Elisabeth Krimmer investigates the aesthetic, theoretical, and historical challenges that confront writers of war.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/98028/cover/9780521198028.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521118514</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Death in Berlin</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Weimar to Divided Germany</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521118514</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Black, Monica</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>We tend to think of death as a basic and immutable fact of life. Yet death, too, has a history. Death in Berlin is the first study to trace the rituals, practices, perceptions, and sensibilities surrounding death in the context of Berlin's multiple transformations over the decades between Germany's defeat in World War I and the construction of the Berlin Wall. Evocatively illustrated and drawing on a rich collection of sources, Monica Black reveals the centrality of death to the evolving moral and social life of one metropolitan community. In doing so, she connects the intimacies of everyday life and death to events on the grand historical stage that changed the lives of millions - all in a city that stood at the center of some of the twentieth century's most transformative events.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/18514/cover/9780521118514.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521193761</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193764</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193764</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>From Artisan to Worker</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Guilds, the French State, and the Organization of Labor, 1776-1821</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521193764</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fitzsimmons, Michael P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>300</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>From Artisan to Worker examines the largely overlooked debate over the potential reestablishment of guilds that occurred from 1776 to 1821. The abolition of guilds in 1791 overturned an organization of labor that had been in place for centuries. The disorder that ensued - from concerns about the safety of the food supply to a general decline in the quality of goods - raised strong doubts about their abolition and sparked a debate both inside and outside of government that went on for decades. The issue of the reestablishment of guilds, however, subsequently became intertwined with the growing mechanization of production. Under the Napoleonic regime, the government considered several projects to restore guilds in a large-scale fashion, but the counterargument that guilds could impede mechanization prevailed. After Bonaparte's fall, the restored Bourbon dynasty was expected to reorganize guilds, but its sponsorship of an industrial exhibition in 1819 signaled its endorsement of mechanization, and after 1821 there were no further efforts to restore guilds during the Restoration.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/93764/cover/9780521193764.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100308</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521767059</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767057</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767057</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>John Skylitzes: A Synopsis of Byzantine History, 811-1057</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Translation and Notes</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521767057</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Skylitzes, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wortley, John</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>544</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>John Skylitzes' extraordinary Middle Byzantine chronicle covers the reigns of the Byzantine emperors from the death of Nicephorus I in 811 to the deposition of Michael VI in 1057, and provides the only surviving continuous narrative of the late tenth and early eleventh centuries. A high official living in the late eleventh century, Skylitzes used a number of existing Greek histories (some of them no longer extant) to create a digest of the previous three centuries. It is without question the major historical source for the period, cited constantly in modern scholarship, and has never before been available in English. This edition features introductions by Jean-Claude Cheynet and Bernard Flusin, along with extensive notes. It will be an essential and exciting addition to the libraries of all historians of the Byzantine age.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/67057/cover/9780521767057.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197341</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Soviet Women in Combat</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A History of Violence on the Eastern Front</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197342</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Krylova, Anna</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Soviet Women in Combat explores the unprecedented historical phenomenon of Soviet young women's en masse volunteering for World War II combat in 1941 and writes it into the twentieth-century history of women, war, and violence. The book narrates a story about a cohort of Soviet young women who came to think about themselves as 'women soldiers' in Stalinist Russia in the 1930s and who shared modern combat, its machines, and commanding positions with men on the Eastern front between 1941 and 1945. The author asks how a largely patriarchal society with traditional gender values such as Stalinist Russia in the 1930s managed to merge notions of violence and womanhood into a first conceivable and then realizable agenda for the cohort of young female volunteers and for its armed forces. Pursuing the question, Krylova's approach and research reveals a more complex conception of gender identities.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97342/cover/9780521197342.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052112798X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127981</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127981</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Frankfurt Auschwitz Trial, 1963-1965</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Genocide, History and the Limits of the Law</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127981</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pendas, Devin O.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Frankfurt Auschwitz trial was the largest, most public, and most important trial of Holocaust perpetrators conducted in West German courts. Drawing on a wide range of archival sources, Devin O. Pendas provides a comprehensive history of this momentous event. Situating the trial in a thorough analysis of West German criminal law, the book argues that in confronting systematic, state-sponsored genocide, the Frankfurt court ran up against the limits of law.  Because many of the key categories of German criminal law were defined with direct reference to the specific motives of the defendants, the trial was unable to adequately grasp the deep social roots and systematic character of Nazi genocide. Much of the trial's significance came from the vast public attention it captured, and this book provides a compelling account of the divided response to the trial among the West German public.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27981/cover/9780521127981.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100308</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521897602</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897600</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897600</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Red Rockets' Glare</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Spaceflight and the Soviet Imagination, 1857-1957</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521897600</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Siddiqi, Asif A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Red Rockets' Glare is the first academic study on the birth of the Soviet space program and one of the first social histories of Soviet science. Based on many years of archival research, the book situates the birth of cosmic enthusiasm within the social and cultural upheavals of Russian and Soviet history. Asif A. Siddiqi frames the origins of Sputnik by bridging imagination with engineering - seeing them not as dialectic, discrete, and sequential but as mutable, intertwined, and concurrent. Imagination and engineering not only fed each other but were also co-produced by key actors who maintained a delicate line between secret work on rockets (which interested the military) and public prognostications on the cosmos (which captivated the populace). Sputnik, he argues, was the outcome of both large-scale state imperatives to harness science and technology and populist phenomena that frequently owed little to the whims and needs of the state apparatus.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/97600/cover/9780521897600.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100226</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521196582</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521196581</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Shadows of War</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Social History of Silence in the Twentieth Century</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521196581</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ben-Ze'ev, Efrat</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ginio, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Winter, Jay</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Silence lies between forgetting and remembering. This book explores how different societies have constructed silences to enable men and women to survive and make sense of the catastrophic consequences of armed conflict. Using a range of disciplinary approaches, it examines the silences that have followed violence in twentieth-century Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. These essays show that silence is a powerful language of remembrance and commemoration and a cultural practice with its own rules. This broad-ranging book discloses the universality of silence in the ways we think about war through examples ranging from the Spanish Civil War and the Israeli-Palestinian conflict to the Armenian Genocide and South Africa's Truth and Reconciliation Commission. Bringing together scholarship on varied practices in different cultures, this book breaks new ground in the vast literature on memory, and opens up new avenues of reflection and research on the lingering aftermath of war.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/96581/cover/9780521196581.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100225</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521148049</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148047</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148047</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>West Indian Slavery and British Abolition, 1783-1807</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521148047</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ryden, David Beck</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLL</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book challenges conventional wisdom regarding the political and economic motivations behind the final decision to abolish the British slave trade in 1807. Recent historians believe that this first blow against slavery was the result of social changes inside Britain and pay little attention to the important developments that took place inside the West Indian slave economy. David Beck Ryden's research illustrates that a faltering sugar economy after 1799 tipped the scales in favor of the abolitionist argument and helped secure the passage of abolition. Ryden examines the economic arguments against slavery and the slave trade that were employed in the writings of Britain's most important abolitionists. Using a wide range of economic and business data, this study deconstructs the assertions made by both abolitionists and antiabolitionists regarding slave management, the imperial economy, and abolition.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/48047/cover/9780521148047.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>61.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521429617</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521429610</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521429610</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Reference Grammar of Spanish</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521429610</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, R.E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>San Jos&#233; , Miguel &#193;ngel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>576</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A Reference Grammar of Spanish is a comprehensive handbook on the structure of the Spanish language. Keeping technical terminology to a minimum, it provides a detailed yet clear point of reference on all the intricacies of Spanish grammar, covering word order, parts of speech, verb use, syntax, gender, number, alphabet, and pronunciation. Accompanied by a wealth of carefully chosen examples, it looks at Spanish in Iberia, the USA, Mexico, and Argentina, and demonstrates the differences between these varieties. It is designed specifically with English-speaking learners in mind, and contains useful tools such as a glossary of terms, an index, and a detailed examination of different registers of the language. Clearly structured and systematically organised, this volume is set to become the standard guide to the grammar of contemporary Spanish, and will be an invaluable resource for teachers and students, as well as a practical supplement to textbooks and classroom study.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/29610/cover/9780521429610.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728754</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728751</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728751</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Reference Grammar of Spanish</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728751</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Batchelor, R.E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>San Jos&#233; , Miguel &#193;ngel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>574</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A Reference Grammar of Spanish is a comprehensive handbook on the structure of the Spanish language. Keeping technical terminology to a minimum, it provides a detailed yet clear point of reference on all the intricacies of Spanish grammar, covering word order, parts of speech, verb use, syntax, gender, number, alphabet, and pronunciation. Accompanied by a wealth of carefully chosen examples, it looks at Spanish in Iberia, the USA, Mexico, and Argentina, and demonstrates the differences between these varieties. It is designed specifically with English-speaking learners in mind, and contains useful tools such as a glossary of terms, an index, and a detailed examination of different registers of the language. Clearly structured and systematically organised, this volume is set to become the standard guide to the grammar of contemporary Spanish, and will be an invaluable resource for teachers and students, as well as a practical supplement to textbooks and classroom study.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28751/cover/9780521728751.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100429</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521518326</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518321</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518321</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>English Grammar</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Understanding the Basics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518321</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Altenberg, Evelyn P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vago, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Looking for an easy-to-use guide to English grammar? This handy introduction covers all the basics of the subject, using a simple and straightforward style. Students will find the book's step-by-step approach easy to follow and be encouraged by its non-technical language. Requiring no prior knowledge of English grammar, the information is presented in small steps, with objective techniques to help readers apply new concepts. With clear explanations and well chosen examples, the book gives students the tools to understand the mysteries of English grammar as well as the perfect foundation from which to move on to more advanced topics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18321/cover/9780521518321.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521732166</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732161</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732161</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>English Grammar</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Understanding the Basics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732161</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Altenberg, Evelyn P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vago, Robert M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Looking for an easy-to-use guide to English grammar? This handy introduction covers all the basics of the subject, using a simple and straightforward style. Students will find the book's step-by-step approach easy to follow and be encouraged by its non-technical language. Requiring no prior knowledge of English grammar, the information is presented in small steps, with objective techniques to help readers apply new concepts. With clear explanations and well chosen examples, the book gives students the tools to understand the mysteries of English grammar as well as the perfect foundation from which to move on to more advanced topics.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32161/cover/9780521732161.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521883709</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883702</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521883702</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Sign Languages</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521883702</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Brentari, Diane</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What are the unique characteristics of sign languages that make them so fascinating? What have recent researchers discovered about them, and what do these findings tell us about human language more generally? This thematic and geographic overview examines more than forty sign languages from around the world. It begins by investigating how sign languages have survived and been transmitted for generations, and then goes on to analyse the common characteristics shared by most sign languages: for example, how the use of the visual system affects grammatical structures. The final section describes the phenomena of language variation and change. Drawing on a wide range of examples, the book explores sign languages both old and young, from British, Italian, Asian and American to Israeli, Al-Sayyid Bedouin, African and Nicaraguan. Written in a clear, readable style, it is the essential reference for students and scholars working in sign language studies and deaf studies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/83702/cover/9780521883702.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521710162</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710169</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710169</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Lesser-Known Varieties of English</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521710169</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schreier, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Trudgill, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schneider, Edgar W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Williams, Jeffrey P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>386</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This is the first ever volume to compile sociolinguistic and historical information on lesser-known, and relatively ignored, native varieties of English around the world. Exploring areas as diverse as the Pacific, South America, the South Atlantic and West Africa, it shows how these varieties are as much part of the big picture as major varieties and that their analysis is essential for addressing some truly important issues in linguistic theory, such as dialect obsolescence and death, language birth, dialect typology and genetic classification, patterns of diffusion and transplantation and contact-induced language change. It also shows how close interwoven fields such as social history, contact linguistics and variationist sociolinguistics are in accounting for their formation and maintenance, providing a thorough description of the lesser-known varieties of English and their relevance for language spread and change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/10169/cover/9780521710169.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>60.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521710235</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710237</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521710237</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Sociolinguistics of Globalization</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521710237</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Blommaert, Jan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Human language has changed in the age of globalization: no longer tied to stable and resident communities, it moves across the globe, and it changes in the process. The world has become a complex 'web' of villages, towns, neighbourhoods and settlements connected by material and symbolic ties in often unpredictable ways. This phenomenon requires us to revise our understanding of linguistic communication. In The Sociolinguistics of Globalization Jan Blommaert constructs a theory of changing language in a changing society, reconsidering locality, repertoires, competence, history and sociolinguistic inequality.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/10237/cover/9780521710237.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>60.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521884063</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884068</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884068</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Sociolinguistics of Globalization</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521884068</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Blommaert, Jan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Human language has changed in the age of globalization: no longer tied to stable and resident communities, it moves across the globe, and it changes in the process. The world has become a complex 'web' of villages, towns, neighbourhoods and settlements connected by material and symbolic ties in often unpredictable ways. This phenomenon requires us to revise our understanding of linguistic communication. In The Sociolinguistics of Globalization Jan Blommaert constructs a theory of changing language in a changing society, reconsidering locality, repertoires, competence, history and sociolinguistic inequality.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/84068/cover/9780521884068.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521617871</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521617871</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521617871</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Using Chinese Synonyms</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521617871</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Zhang, Grace Qiao</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>446</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Using Chinese Synonyms is an essential reference book, specifically designed for non-native speakers of Chinese, and for teachers and other language professionals who want a user-friendly guide to the finer nuances of Chinese synonyms. It contains approximately 1700 synonyms in 316 groups. With the particular needs of non-native speakers of Chinese in mind, this invaluable book selects and explains words and phrases in everyday use, allowing students to enhance their knowledge of one of the most important and widely-spoken languages in the world. This book assists in the development of fluent, spontaneous and skilful use of Chinese synonyms.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/17871/cover/9780521617871.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>72.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521767148</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767149</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521767149</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Principled Approach to Abuse of Dominance in European Competition Law</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521767149</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lovdahl Gormsen, Liza</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>226</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNCH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Three questions surround the interpretation and application of Article 82 of the EC Treaty. What is its underlying purpose? Is it necessary to demonstrate actual or likely anticompetitive effects on the market place when applying Article 82? And how can dominant undertakings defend themselves against a finding of abuse? Instead of the usual discussion of objectives, Liza Lovdahl Gormsen questions whether the Commission's chosen objective of consumer welfare is legitimate. While many Community lawyers would readily accept and indeed welcome the objective of consumer welfare, this is not supported by case law. The Community Courts do not always favour consumer welfare at the expense of economic freedom. This is important for dominant undertakings' ability to advance efficiencies and for understanding why the Chicago and post-Chicago School arguments cannot be injected into Article 82.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/67149/cover/9780521767149.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100304</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521761840</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761840</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761840</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Comparative Corporate Governance of Non-Profit Organizations</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521761840</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hopt, Klaus J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Von Hippel, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1066</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The economic importance of the non-profit sector is growing rapidly in the USA and Europe. However, the law has not kept abreast with its development. The European Court of Justice has extended certain freedoms of the EC Treaty to non-profit organisations, and more case law is expected to follow in the near future, but the observations, theories, solutions and legal and non-legal rules in this field are manifold. The chances of harmonising the law on a European level are slim. Despite these differences, a common core of international corporate governance problems and regulatory solutions can be seen. This volume of essays brings together a variety of international experts from both corporate governance and governance of non-profit organisations to compare the two areas and explore the lessons that can be learned regarding comparative corporate governance for non-profit organisations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/61840/cover/9780521761840.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>380.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521862841</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521862844</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521862844</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Employee Participation in Governance</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Legal and Ethical Analysis</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521862844</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lower, Michael</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNCD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The rights of the employee and the themes of employee ownership and participation have been central, recurring themes as the body of Catholic Social Thought has developed. There is now a unified corpus of official Catholic teaching that focuses the resources of moral theology and natural law theory on the important social issues of the day such as this. The description and explanation of the essential elements of Catholic Social Thought and its relationship to these themes helps the reader think about the place of the corporation in the economy and whether British and European corporate governance and labour law do what they should to put the employee at the centre of corporate governance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/62844/cover/9780521862844.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191068</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191067</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191067</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Food Crises and the WTO</TitleText>
<Subtitle>World Trade Forum</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191067</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Karapinar, Baris</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;berli, Christian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The food and financial crises of 2008 and 2009 have pushed millions more people into poverty and hunger, while changing the parameters of international trade. Both crises have also challenged the fundamentals of WTO rules regulating agriculture, which had been designed to combat trade distortions due to artificially low-priced food commodities. This collection of essays examines to what extent the multilateral trading system contributes to food security in today's volatile markets. Bringing together a renowned group of expert economists, lawyers, environmental and development specialists, it offers a fresh and multi-dimensional perspective combining a strong economic analysis with a comprehensive legal assessment of the interface between food security and international trade regulation. Together, the contributions provide concrete policy recommendations on how the WTO could play a positive role in preventing or mitigating future food crises and promote global food security.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91067/cover/9780521191067.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052171608X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521716086</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521716086</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Freedom of Information</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Law, the Practice and the Ideal</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521716086</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Birkinshaw, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>578</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Enacted in 2000 and in operation in the UK since 2005, the Freedom of Information (FOI) Act has revealed information which has generated calls for constitutional reform. A massive 'information jurisprudence' has developed through the decisions of the Information Commissioner, the Information Tribunal and the courts. Governments' responses to the war on terror have involved increased resort to claims of national security and accompanying secrecy, but these developments have to exist alongside demands for FOI and transparency. FOI has to balance access to and protection of personal information, and major amendments have been made to the Data Protection Act in order to balance the competing demands of transparency and privacy. This detailed discussion of FOI laws and personal data laws examines the historical development of secrecy, national security and government, and their modern context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/16086/cover/9780521716086.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>115.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521888026</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521888028</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521888028</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Freedom of Information</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Law, the Practice and the Ideal</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521888028</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Birkinshaw, Patrick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>4</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>578</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Enacted in 2000 and in operation in the UK since 2005, the Freedom of Information (FOI) Act has revealed information which has generated calls for constitutional reform. A massive 'information jurisprudence' has developed through the decisions of the Information Commissioner, the Information Tribunal and the courts. Governments' responses to the war on terror have involved increased resort to claims of national security and accompanying secrecy, but these developments have to exist alongside demands for FOI and transparency. FOI has to balance access to and protection of personal information, and major amendments have been made to the Data Protection Act in order to balance the competing demands of transparency and privacy. This detailed discussion of FOI laws and personal data laws examines the historical development of secrecy, national security and government, and their modern context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/88028/cover/9780521888028.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052119122X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191227</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191227</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Fundamentalism in American Religion and Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Obama's Challenge to Patriarchy's Threat to Democracy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191227</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Richards, David A. J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why, from Reagan to George Bush, have fundamentalists in religion and in law (originalists) exercised such political power and influence in the United States? Why has the Republican Party forged an ideology of judicial appointments (originalism) hostile to abortion and gay rights? Why and how did Barack Obama distinguish himself among Democratic candidates not only by his opposition to the Iraq war but by his opposition to originalism? This book argues that fundamentalism in both religion and law threatens democratic values and draws its appeal from a patriarchal psychology still alive in our personal and political lives and at threat from the constitutional developments since the 1960s. The argument analyzes this psychology (based on traumatic loss in intimate life) and resistance to it (based on the love of equals). Obama's resistance to originalism arises from his developmental history as a democratic, as opposed to patriarchal, man who resists the patriarchal demands on men and women that originalism enforces - in particular, the patriarchal love laws that tell people who and how and how much they may love.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/91227/cover/9780521191227.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043095</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043090</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043090</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Future Perspectives on International Criminal Justice</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043090</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stahn, Carsten</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van den Herik, Larissa</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>800</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>International criminal law is shaped by the influence of individual scholars and the impact of specific rulings and legal frameworks. This volume provides a fresh perspective on the subject, revisiting the sources, treatment and reception of doctrine and jurisprudence from an inter-generational perspective. Analysis of the role of scholars and practitioners such as Arendt, Dama&#353;ka and Cassese on the conceptualisation of law and jurisprudence is followed by an assessment of the goals and scope of international criminal law, including contemporary developments relating to the interplay between international and domestic jurisdiction, the role of actors and crime definitions. Finally, the volume includes a review of key concepts of individual responsibility and procedural law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43090/cover/9789067043090.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100107</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>399.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521747562</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747561</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747561</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Health Systems Governance in Europe</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Role of EU Law and Policy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521747561</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mossialos, Elias</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Permanand, Govin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baeten, Rita</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hervey, Tamara K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>There is a fundamental contradiction at the core of health policy in the EU that makes it difficult to draw a line between EU and Member State responsibilities. This raises a number of difficult questions for policy makers and practitioners as they struggle to interpret both 'hard' and 'soft' laws at EU and Member State level and to reconcile tensions between economic and social imperatives in health care. The book addresses these complex questions by combining analysis of the underlying issues with carefully chosen case studies that illustrate how broader principles are played out in practice. Each chapter addresses a topical area in which there is considerable debate and potential uncertainty. The book thus offers a comprehensive discussion of a number of current and emerging governance issues in EU health policy, including regulatory, legal, 'new governance' and policy-making dynamics, and the application of the legal framework in these areas.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/47561/cover/9780521747561.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>90.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521761387</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761383</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521761383</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Health Systems Governance in Europe</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Role of EU Law and Policy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521761383</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mossialos, Elias</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Permanand, Govin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baeten, Rita</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hervey, Tamara K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>784</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNTM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>There is a fundamental contradiction at the core of health policy in the EU that makes it difficult to draw a line between EU and Member State responsibilities. This raises a number of difficult questions for policy makers and practitioners as they struggle to interpret both 'hard' and 'soft' laws at EU and Member State level and to reconcile tensions between economic and social imperatives in health care. The book addresses these complex questions by combining analysis of the underlying issues with carefully chosen case studies that illustrate how broader principles are played out in practice. Each chapter addresses a topical area in which there is considerable debate and potential uncertainty. The book thus offers a comprehensive discussion of a number of current and emerging governance issues in EU health policy, including regulatory, legal, 'new governance' and policy-making dynamics, and the application of the legal framework in these areas.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/61383/cover/9780521761383.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>9067043117</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043113</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9789067043113</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Law and Armed Conflict</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Challenges in the 21st Century</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9789067043113</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Quenivet, No&#235;lle</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shah-Davis, Shilan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>462</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>While a more traditional approach to international law and armed conflict focuses on the use of force and international humanitarian law, this book incorporates other international legal regimes such as human rights law, international private law, international criminal law, environmental law, as well as regional and national legal regimes. In doing so, a broader picture emerges and reveals the current challenges faced by lawyers in regulating armed conflicts. This in turn highlights the complexities, intricacies, and the interrelationship of the different regimes that may be rendered applicable to armed conflicts. Also, in taking a more inclusive approach, this book provides a new perspective on both existing and emerging themes in this field. The topics covered in this book include privatisation of warfare, protection of the environment, use of natural resources to support armed conflicts, involvement of children in armed conflicts, the relationship between peace, security and justice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97890670/43113/cover/9789067043113.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>245.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521709237</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521709231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521709231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Evolving Dimensions of International Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Hard Choices for the World Community</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521709231</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, John F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book examines recent developments in sources of public international law, such as treaties and custom operating among nations in their mutual relations, as well as developments in some of the primary rules of law international institutions created by these processes. It finds that public international law has become increasingly dysfunctional in dealing with some of the primary problems facing the world community, such as the maintenance of international peace and security, violations of international human rights and the law of armed conflict, arms control, disarmament and non-proliferation, and international environmental issues, and that international law and international institutions face a problematic future. It concludes, however, that all is not lost. There are possible alternative futures for international law and legal process, but choosing among them will require the world community making hard choices.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/09231/cover/9780521709231.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521882710</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Evolving Dimensions of International Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Hard Choices for the World Community</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521882712</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Murphy, John F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book examines recent developments in sources of public international law, such as treaties and custom operating among nations in their mutual relations, as well as developments in some of the primary rules of law international institutions created by these processes. It finds that public international law has become increasingly dysfunctional in dealing with some of the primary problems facing the world community, such as the maintenance of international peace and security, violations of international human rights and the law of armed conflict, arms control, disarmament and non-proliferation, and international environmental issues, and that international law and international institutions face a problematic future. It concludes, however, that all is not lost. There are possible alternative futures for international law and legal process, but choosing among them will require the world community making hard choices.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/09231/cover/9780521709231.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521115930</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115933</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521115933</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The UN Human Rights Committee</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Practice and Procedure</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521115933</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tyagi, Yogesh</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>976</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNDC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As a result of its origins in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and the amount of work that it has done, the UN Human Rights Committee is considered the most important body in the UN human rights treaty system. Sensitive to the viewpoint of developing countries, and taking into account the interplay of law and politics, this comprehensive study of the Committee's procedure and practice assesses its conceptual, institutional and functional frameworks and analyses a large number of cases with which the Committee has dealt. It is based on the drafting history of the Covenant and the Optional Protocols thereto, in-depth analysis of the relevant documents of the United Nations and other international bodies, observations on the functioning of the Committee and interviews with a number of activists, experts and officials dealing with the work of the Committee.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/15933/cover/9780521115933.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>385.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521518059</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518055</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521518055</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Plant Structure and Development</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Plant Anatomy for the Twenty-First Century</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521518055</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beck, Charles B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PST</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A plant anatomy textbook unlike any other on the market today. Carol A. Peterson described the first edition as 'the best book on the subject of plant anatomy since the texts of Esau'. Traditional plant anatomy texts include primarily descriptive aspects of structure, this book not only provides a comprehensive coverage of plant structure, but also introduces aspects of the mechanisms of development, especially the genetic and hormonal controls, and the roles of plasmodesmata and the cytoskeleton. The evolution of plant structure and the relationship between structure and function are also discussed throughout. Includes extensive bibliographies at the end of each chapter. It provides students with an introduction to many of the exciting, contemporary areas at the forefront of research in the development of plant structure and prepares them for future roles in teaching and research in plant anatomy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/18055/cover/9780521518055.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>135.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521882338</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882330</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521882330</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Molecular Imaging with Reporter Genes</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521882330</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gambhir, Sanjiv S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Yaghoubi, Shahriar S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Reporter genes have been used for several decades to study regulation of gene expression in vivo. However, it was little more than a decade ago that a new class of reporter genes was developed for imaging molecular events within living subjects. By following the interactions of protein molecules, researchers can resolve the complex chemical pathways that living cells utilise. This book focuses on this group of imaging reporter genes, starting with detailed descriptions of all reporter genes from different imaging modalities, including optical, MRI, and radionuclide-based imaging. Key scientists in the field explain how to enhance reporter gene imaging utility through instrumentation and the various applications of this technology. This is the first comprehensive book on all aspects of reporter gene imaging, detailing what is known in the field and future goals for research. Investigators in biomedical sciences, physicians, and the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries will benefit from topics covered.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/82330/cover/9780521882330.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>300.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521703034</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521703031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521703031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Scientific and Philosophical Perspectives in Neuroethics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521703031</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Giordano, James J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gordijn, Bert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>While neuroscience has provided insights into the structure and function of nervous systems, hard questions remain about the nature of consciousness, mind, and self. Perhaps the most difficult questions involve the meaning of neuroscientific information, and how to pursue and utilize neuroscientific knowledge in ways that are consistent with some construal of social 'good'. Written for researchers and graduate students in neuroscience and bioethics, Scientific and Philosophical Perspectives in Neuroethics explores important developments in neuroscience and neurotechnology, and addresses the philosophical, ethical, and social issues and problems that such advancements generate. It examines three core questions. First, what is the scope and direction of neuroscientific inquiry? Second, how has progress to date affected scientific and philosophical ideas, and finally, what ethical issues and problems does this progress and knowledge incur, both now and in the future?</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/03031/cover/9780521703031.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521876818</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876810</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521876810</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Taking Stock of Nature</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Participatory Biodiversity Assessment for Policy, Planning and Practice</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521876810</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lawrence, Anna</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In a world of increasing demands for biodiversity information, participatory biodiversity assessment and monitoring is becoming more significant. Whilst other books have focused on methods, or links to conservation or development, this book is written particularly for policy makers and planners. Introductory chapters analyze the challenges of the approach, the global legislation context, and the significance of the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. Specially commissioned case studies provide evidence from 17 countries, by 50 authors with expertise in both biological and social sciences. Ranging from community conservation projects in developing countries to amateur birdwatching in the UK, they describe the context, objectives, stakeholders and processes, and reflect on the success of outcomes. Rather than advocating any particular approach, the book takes a constructively critical look at the motives, experiences and outcomes of such approaches, with cross-cutting lessons to inform planning and interpretation of future participatory projects and their contribution to policy objectives.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/76810/cover/9780521876810.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>225.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521492912</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521492911</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521492911</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Organizational Trust</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Cultural Perspective</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521492911</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, Mark N. K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Denise</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dietz, Graham</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, Nicole</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lewicki, Roy J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The globalized nature of modern organizations presents new and intimidating challenges for effective relationship building. Organizations and their employees are increasingly being asked to manage unfamiliar relationships with unfamiliar parties. These relationships not only involve working across different national cultures, but also dealing with different organizational cultures, different professional cultures and even different internal constituencies. Managing such differences demands trust. This book brings together research findings on organizational trust-building across cultures. Established trust scholars from around the world consider the development and maintenance of trust between, for example, management consultants and their clients, senior international managers from different nationalities, different internal organizational groupings during times of change, international joint ventures, and service suppliers and the local communities they serve. These studies, set in a wide variety of national settings, are an important resource for academics, students and practitioners who wish to know more about the nature of cross-cultural trust-building in organizations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/92911/cover/9780521492911.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521737796</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737791</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737791</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Organizational Trust</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Cultural Perspective</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521737791</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Saunders, Mark N. K.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Skinner, Denise</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dietz, Graham</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gillespie, Nicole</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lewicki, Roy J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The globalized nature of modern organizations presents new and intimidating challenges for effective relationship building. Organizations and their employees are increasingly being asked to manage unfamiliar relationships with unfamiliar parties. These relationships not only involve working across different national cultures, but also dealing with different organizational cultures, different professional cultures and even different internal constituencies. Managing such differences demands trust. This book brings together research findings on organizational trust-building across cultures. Established trust scholars from around the world consider the development and maintenance of trust between, for example, management consultants and their clients, senior international managers from different nationalities, different internal organizational groupings during times of change, international joint ventures, and service suppliers and the local communities they serve. These studies, set in a wide variety of national settings, are an important resource for academics, students and practitioners who wish to know more about the nature of cross-cultural trust-building in organizations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/37791/cover/9780521737791.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>87.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760186</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760188</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760188</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Brownian Motion</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760188</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>M&#246;rters, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Peres, Yuval</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>416</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This eagerly awaited textbook covers everything the graduate student in probability wants to know about Brownian motion, as well as the latest research in the area. Starting with the construction of Brownian motion, the book then proceeds to sample path properties like continuity and nowhere differentiability. Notions of fractal dimension are introduced early and are used throughout the book to describe fine properties of Brownian paths. The relation of Brownian motion and random walk is explored from several viewpoints, including a development of the theory of Brownian local times from random walk embeddings. Stochastic integration is introduced as a tool and an accessible treatment of the potential theory of Brownian motion clears the path for an extensive treatment of intersections of Brownian paths. An investigation of exceptional points on the Brownian path and an appendix on SLE processes, by Oded Schramm and Wendelin Werner, lead directly to recent research themes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60188/cover/9780521760188.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521548667</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521548663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521548663</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Essentials of Statistical Inference</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521548663</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Young, G. A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smith, R. L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Aimed at advanced undergraduate and graduate students in mathematics and related disciplines, this book presents the concepts and results underlying the Bayesian, frequentist and Fisherian approaches, with particular emphasis on the contrasts between them. Contemporary computational ideas are explained, as well as basic mathematical theory. Written in a lucid and informal style, this concise text provides both basic material on the main approaches to inference, as well as more advanced material on modern developments in statistical theory, including: contemporary material on Bayesian computation, such as MCMC, higher-order likelihood theory, predictive inference, bootstrap methods and conditional inference. It contains numerous extended examples of the application of formal inference techniques to real data, as well as historical commentary on the development of the subject. Throughout, the text concentrates on concepts, rather than mathematical detail, while maintaining appropriate levels of formality. Each chapter ends with a set of accessible problems.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/48663/cover/9780521548663.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>80.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140633</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140638</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140638</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>NIST Handbook of Mathematical Functions</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140638</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Frank W. J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lozier, Daniel W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Boisvert, Ronald F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Charles W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>966</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modern developments in theoretical and applied science depend on knowledge of the properties of mathematical functions, from elementary trigonometric functions to the multitude of special functions. These functions appear whenever natural phenomena are studied, engineering problems are formulated, and numerical simulations are performed. They also crop up in statistics, financial models, and economic analysis. Using them effectively requires practitioners to have ready access to a reliable collection of their properties. This handbook results from a 10-year project conducted by the National Institute of Standards and Technology with an international group of expert authors and validators. Printed in full colour, it is destined to replace its predecessor, the classic but long-outdated Handbook of Mathematical Functions, edited by Abramowitz and Stegun. Includes a DVD with a searchable PDF of each chapter.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40638/cover/9780521140638.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>100.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521192250</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192255</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521192255</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>NIST Handbook of Mathematical Functions</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521192255</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Olver, Frank W. J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lozier, Daniel W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Boisvert, Ronald F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Clark, Charles W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>966</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modern developments in theoretical and applied science depend on knowledge of the properties of mathematical functions, from elementary trigonometric functions to the multitude of special functions. These functions appear whenever natural phenomena are studied, engineering problems are formulated, and numerical simulations are performed. They also crop up in statistics, financial models, and economic analysis. Using them effectively requires practitioners to have ready access to a reliable collection of their properties. This handbook results from a 10-year project conducted by the National Institute of Standards and Technology with an international group of expert authors and validators. Printed in full colour, it is destined to replace its predecessor, the classic but long-outdated Handbook of Mathematical Functions, edited by Abramowitz and Stegun. Includes a DVD with a searchable PDF of each chapter.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/92255/cover/9780521192255.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>200.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521895332</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895330</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521895330</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Antipsychotic Trials in Schizophrenia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The CATIE Project</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521895330</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stroup, T. Scott</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lieberman, Jeffrey A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>330</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Antipsychotic medications are a key treatment for schizophrenia and sales of antipsychotic drugs approach $20 billion per year, with fierce marketing between the makers of the drugs. The U.S. National Institute of Mental Health sponsored the Clinical Antipsychotic Trials of Intervention Effectiveness (CATIE) project to provide independent information about the comparative effectiveness of medications. CATIE was the largest, longest and most comprehensive study of schizophrenia to date. Conducted under rigorous double-blind conditions, Antipsychotic Trials in Schizophrenia presents the definitive archival results of this landmark study. The core of the book consists of chapters focused on specific outcomes that set the CATIE findings in a wider context. Also included are chapters on the design, statistical analyses and implications for researchers, clinicians and policy makers. Psychiatrists, psychiatric researchers, mental health policy makers and those working in pharmaceutical companies will all find this to be essential reading.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/95330/cover/9780521895330.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>290.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521144132</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144131</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144131</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Core Clinical Competencies in Anesthesiology</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Case-based Approach</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521144131</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gallagher, Christopher J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lewis, Michael C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schwengel, Deborah</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The core clinical competencies in anesthesiology can be pretty blurry - just how do they apply to real life? This book answers this question, incorporating the core clinical competencies into an engaging format that anesthesiologists like - case studies. So, far from being a 'dry and dusty volume of forgotten lore', this book actually makes learning the competencies fun! Written in the same engaging style as a number of other anesthesia books (specifically, the Board Stiff opus) by leading anesthesiologists from leading medical centers across the United States, this book will bring the core clinical competencies to life for medical students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/44131/cover/9780521144131.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521897742</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897747</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897747</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Core Topics in Critical Care Medicine</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521897747</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gao Smith, Fang</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B19</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Yeung, Joyce</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The critical care unit manages patients with a vast range of disease and injuries affecting every organ system. The unit can initially be a daunting environment, with complex monitoring equipment producing large volumes of clinical data. Core Topics in Critical Care Medicine is a practical, comprehensive, introductory-level text for any clinician in their first few months in the critical care unit. It guides clinicians in both the initial assessment and the clinical management of all CCU patients, demystifying the critical care unit and providing key knowledge in a concise and accessible manner. The full spectrum of disorders likely to be encountered in critical care are discussed, with additional chapters on transfer and admission, imaging in the CCU, structure and organisation of the unit, and ethical and legal issues. Written by Critical Care experts, Core Topics in Critical Care Medicine provides comprehensive, concise and easily accessible information for all trainees.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/97747/cover/9780521897747.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100422</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>250.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521509998</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521509992</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521509992</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Core Topics in Endocrinology in Anaesthesia and Critical Care</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509992</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hall, George M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Jennifer M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cooper, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>202</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Core Topics in Endocrinology in Anesthesia and Critical Care provides a comprehensive, practical overview of the perioperative management of patients with endocrine disorders, giving clear diagnostic advice and management guidelines. This book considers the management of patients with endocrine disorders of the pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid and adrenal glands, including rarer disorders such as MEN syndrome. It then considers all aspects of the perioperative management of diabetic patients, including paediatric, obstetric and ambulatory patients. Finally it discusses endocrine disorders in the critically ill patient, covering such issues as the topical conundrum of glucose control and the management of diabetic metabolic acidosis, thyroid storm and myxoedema coma. Every chapter reviews the relevant anatomy and pathophysiology and the latest developments in defining the genetic causes are also considered where appropriate. Core Topics in Endocrinology in Anesthesia and Critical Care is an invaluable tool for all anaesthetists and intensivists in their daily clinical practice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09992/cover/9780521509992.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521871794</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521871792</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521871792</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Neurodevelopmental Outcomes of Preterm Birth</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Childhood to Adult Life</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521871792</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nosarti, Chiara</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Murray, Robin M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hack, Maureen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The improved survival of very preterm and very low birth weight infants in recent decades has been associated with an increase in the prevalence of physical and neurodevelopmental problems. Attention is increasingly being focused on the quality of life of survivors, who are at greater risk of brain damage and consequent neurological disorders, and neuropsychological and behavioural impairments. In this volume, leading experts present a comprehensive and up-to-date perspective on research in various aspects of the long-term consequences of very preterm birth. As well as extending existing knowledge of the neurodevelopmental sequelae following very preterm birth, a shared aim of this burgeoning body of research is to identify the mechanisms underlying variations in outcome, and thus recognise subgroups of children who are at increased risk of neurodevelopmental problems, for whom appropriate intervention strategies can be devised. Pediatricians, neurologists, psychiatrists and psychologists will all find this to be essential reading.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/71792/cover/9780521871792.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100408</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>230.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521110505</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521110501</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521110501</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Sleep and Mental Illness</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521110501</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pandi-Perumal, S. R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kramer, Milton</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fenwick, Peter B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A32</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ebrahim, Irshaad O.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The diagnosis of mental illness is frequently accompanied by sleep problems; conversely, people experiencing sleep problems may subsequently develop mental illness. Sleep and Mental Illness looks at this close correlation and considers the implications of research findings that have emerged in the last few years. Additionally, it surveys the essential concepts and practical tools required to deal with sleep and co-morbid psychiatric problems. The volume is divided into three main sections: basic science, neuroendocrinology, and clinical science. Included are over 30 chapters on topics such as neuropharmacology, insomnia, depression, dementia, autism, and schizophrenia. Relevant questionnaires for the assessment of sleep disorders, including quality-of-life measurement tools, are provided. There is also a summary table of drugs for treating sleep disorders. This interdisciplinary text will be of interest to clinicians working in psychiatry, behavioral sleep medicine, neurology, pulmonary and critical care medicine.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/10501/cover/9780521110501.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>310.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521873789</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521873789</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521873789</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Fallopian Tube in Infertility and IVF Practice</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521873789</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ledger, William L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tan, Seang Lin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bahathiq, Adil</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>148</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MFKC1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Fallopian tube has until recently been a neglected structure, bypassed by IVF and seen only as a tube that transports the egg to the uterus. More recently, its central role as the site of fertilization and early embryogenesis has been recognized, along with the major effects of tubal disease, such as chlamydia trachomatis, on fertility. Tubal surgery is an option for those women who avoid IVF because of anxiety about medication side-effects or for religious reasons. The tube is also the site for female sterilization and its reversal. This definitive guide to the Fallopian tube and its disorders collates all these topics, with authoritative text covering the spectrum of clinically relevant topics in a digestible fashion. It will be of interest to gynecologists, specialists in reproductive medicine and infertility and family planning, and others with interest in this fascinating and underestimated organ of reproduction.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/73789/cover/9780521873789.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>160.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521865646</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521865647</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521865647</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Obstetric Hematology Manual</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521865647</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pavord, Sue</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hunt, Beverley</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>276</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Obstetric hematology is a fast-growing area of medicine covering the diagnosis and management of hematological problems of pregnancy. Comprehensive in approach, The Obstetric Hematology Manual addresses the many hematological conditions that can cause serious problems in pregnancy, delivery and the post-partum period for both mother and baby. Written by a team of international authorities, this text provides up-to-date, evidence-based guidelines on best care, as well as sound advice based on the experience and opinion of experts. Where appropriate, basic principles are discussed to clarify the rationale for management, and systems and procedures for disease prevention are highlighted. Many conditions and cases are discussed, including venous thromboembolism, pre-eclampsia, anemia, thrombocytopenia and inherited disorders. This book will appeal to both trainees and practitioners in obstetrics, obstetric medicine, obstetric anesthesia and hematology. It is also an accessible text for midwives, nurses, and laboratory staff.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/65647/cover/9780521865647.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100415</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521119596</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119597</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521119597</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Beethoven the Pianist</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521119597</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Skowroneck, Tilman</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AVH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The widely held belief that Beethoven was a rough pianist, impatient with his instruments, is not altogether accurate: it is influenced by anecdotes dating from when deafness had begun to impair his playing. Presenting a new, detailed biography of Beethoven's formative years, this book reviews the composer's early career, outlining how he was influenced by teachers, theorists and instruments. Skowroneck describes the development and decline of Beethoven's pianism, and pays special attention to early pianos, their construction and their importance for Beethoven and the modern pianist. The book also includes new discussions of legato and Beethoven's trills, and a complete annotated review of eyewitnesses' reports about his playing. Skowroneck presents a revised picture of Beethoven which traces his development from an impetuous young musician into a virtuoso in command of many musical resources.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/19597/cover/9780521119597.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521896452</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896450</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896450</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Jazz Icons</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Heroes, Myths and the Jazz Tradition</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521896450</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Whyton, Tony</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AVGC6</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Today, jazz history is dominated by iconic figures who have taken on an almost God-like status. From Satchmo to Duke, Bird to Trane, these legendary jazzmen form the backbone of the jazz tradition. Jazz icons not only provide musicians and audiences with figureheads to revere but have also come to stand for a number of values and beliefs that shape our view of the music itself. Jazz Icons explores the growing significance of icons in jazz and discusses the reasons why the music's history is increasingly dependent on the legacies of 'great men'. Using a series of individual case studies, Whyton examines the influence of jazz icons through different forms of historical mediation, including the recording, language, image and myth. The book encourages readers to take a fresh look at their relationship with iconic figures of the past and challenges many of the dominant narratives in jazz today.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/96450/cover/9780521896450.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521896096</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896092</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896092</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Music in London and the Myth of Decline</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Haydn to the Philharmonic</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521896092</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Taylor, Ian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AVGC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Drawing on a range of contemporary performance documentation, including concert programmes, newspaper reviews and periodical reports, this book addresses what it refers to as the Philharmonic 'myth': the notion that London experienced a period of orchestral inactivity between the departure of Haydn in 1795 and the founding of the Philharmonic Society some eighteen years later. The book illustrates that, far from constituting a radical new departure in patterns of London concert life, the Philharmonic Society built on the growing interest in orchestral music evident over the preceding years. At the same time, it suggests that the deliberate adoption of orchestral repertory marked the first institutional articulation of a professional opposition to the traditional dominance of fashionable Italian opera, and that the Philharmonic might therefore be seen to reflect the emergence of important new strands in musical, artistic and cultural leadership.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/96092/cover/9780521896092.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519969</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519960</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519960</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Richard Wagner</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Self-Promotion and the Making of a Brand</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519960</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vazsonyi, Nicholas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>234</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AVGC9</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>All modern artists have had to market themselves in some way. Richard Wagner may just have done it better than anyone else. In a self-promotional effort that began around 1840 in Paris, and lasted for the remainder of his career, Wagner claimed convincingly that he was the most German composer ever and the true successor of Beethoven. More significantly, he was an opera composer who declared that he was not composing operas. Instead, during the 1850s, he mapped out a new direction, conceiving of works that would break with tradition and be literally 'brand new'. This is the first study to examine the innovative ways in which Wagner made himself a celebrity, promoting himself using every means available: autobiography, journal articles, short stories, newspaper announcements, letters, even his operas themselves. Vazsonyi reveals how Wagner created a niche for his works in the crowded opera market that continues to be unique.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19960/cover/9780521519960.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100218</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199956</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199957</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199957</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Terrorism and the Ethics of War</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199957</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nathanson, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>328</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Most people strongly condemn terrorism; yet they often fail to say how terrorist acts differ from other acts of violence such as the killing of civilians in war. Stephen Nathanson argues that we cannot have morally credible views about terrorism if we focus on terrorism alone and neglect broader issues about the ethics of war. His book challenges influential views on the ethics of war, including the realist view that morality does not apply to war, and Michael Walzer's defence of attacks on civilians in 'supreme emergency' circumstances. It provides a clear definition of terrorism, an analysis of what makes terrorism morally wrong, and a rule-utilitarian defence of noncombatant immunity, as well as discussions of the Allied bombings of cities in World War II, collateral damage, and the clash between rights theories and utilitarianism. It will interest a wide range of readers in philosophy, political theory, international relations, and law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99957/cover/9780521199957.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052187534X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521875349</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521875349</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Quantum Processes, Systems, and Information</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521875349</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Schumacher, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Westmoreland, Michael</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>482</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PHQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>A new and exciting approach to the basics of quantum theory, this undergraduate textbook contains extensive discussions of conceptual puzzles and over 800 exercises and problems. Beginning with three elementary 'qubit' systems, the book develops the formalism of quantum theory, addresses questions of measurement and distinguishability, and explores the dynamics of quantum systems. In addition to the standard topics covered in other textbooks, it also covers communication and measurement, quantum entanglement, entropy and thermodynamics, and quantum information processing. This textbook gives a broad view of quantum theory by emphasizing dynamical evolution, and exploring conceptual and foundational issues. It focuses on contemporary topics, including measurement, time evolution, open systems, quantum entanglement, and the role of information.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/75349/cover/9780521875349.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100325</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>125.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521190185</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190183</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521190183</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>From the Ballot to the Blackboard</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Redistributive Political Economy of Education</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521190183</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ansell, Ben</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>From the Ballot to the Blackboard provides the first comprehensive account of the political economy of education spending across the developed and developing world. The book demonstrates how political forces like democracy and political partisanship and economic factors like globalization deeply impact the choices made by voters, parties, and leaders in financing education. The argument is developed through three stories that track the historical development of education: first, its original expansion from the elite to the masses; second, the partisan politics of education in industrialized states; and third, the politics of higher education. The book uses a variety of complementary methods to demonstrate the importance of redistributive political motivations in explaining education policy, including formal modeling, statistical analysis of survey data and both sub-national and cross-national data, and historical case analyses of countries including the Philippines, India, Malaysia, England, Sweden, and Germany.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/90183/cover/9780521190183.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>1840973102</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9781840973105</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9781840973105</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Israel Political and Economic Reports 1948-1953 7 Volume Set</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Israel under the Premiership of David Ben Gurion 1948-1953</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9781840973105</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jarman, Robert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>4400</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>These 4400 pages are the collected British government political and economic reports on the state of Israel from its creation in May 1948 to the end of the first premiership of David Ben Gurion. Ben Gurion, regarded as the 'Father of Israel', held the post of Defence Minister as well as Prime Minister during the first 5 years of the Israeli state, throughout the War of Independence, the first wave of immigration, the implementation of mass settlement, development projects and the signing of a reparations agreement with Germany. This was one of the most important periods in the history of the Middle East and the Jewish people in particular. The documents are written by British civil servants working in Tel Aviv, Haifa or Jerusalem and show the difficulties faced by the new administration in its relations with its Arab neighbours, the US and UK governments and international bodies like the United Nations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97818409/73105/cover/9781840973105.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>6799.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521143632</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143639</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143639</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Multination States in Asia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Accommodation or Resistance</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521143639</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bertrand, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Laliberte, Andre</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As countries in Asia try to create unified polities, many face challenges from minority groups within their own borders seeking independence. This volume brings together international experts on countries in all regions of Asia to debate how differently they have responded to this problem. Why have some Asian countries, for example, clamped down on their national minorities in favour of homogeneity, whereas others have been willing to accommodate statehood or at least some form of political autonomy? Together they suggest broad patterns and explanatory factors that are rooted in the domestic arena, including state structure and regime type, as well as historical trajectories. In particular, they find that the paths to independence, as well as the cultural elements that have been selected to define post-colonial identities, have decisively influenced state strategies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43639/cover/9780521143639.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194342</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194341</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194341</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Multination States in Asia</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Accommodation or Resistance</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194341</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bertrand, Jacques</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Laliberte, Andre</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>As countries in Asia try to create unified polities, many face challenges from minority groups within their own borders seeking independence. This volume brings together international experts on countries in all regions of Asia to debate how differently they have responded to this problem. Why have some Asian countries, for example, clamped down on their national minorities in favour of homogeneity, whereas others have been willing to accommodate statehood or at least some form of political autonomy? Together they suggest broad patterns and explanatory factors that are rooted in the domestic arena, including state structure and regime type, as well as historical trajectories. In particular, they find that the paths to independence, as well as the cultural elements that have been selected to define post-colonial identities, have decisively influenced state strategies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94341/cover/9780521194341.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521689686</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521689687</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521689687</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Presidents, Parties, and Prime Ministers</TitleText>
<Subtitle>How the Separation of Powers Affects Party Organization and Behavior</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521689687</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book provides a framework for analyzing the impact of the separation of powers on party politics. Conventional political science wisdom assumes that democracy is impossible without political parties, because parties fulfil all the key functions of democratic governance. They nominate candidates, coordinate campaigns, aggregate interests, formulate and implement policy, and manage government power. When scholars first asserted the essential connection between parties and democracy, most of the world's democracies were parliamentary. Yet by the dawn of the twenty-first century, most democracies had directly elected presidents. David J. Samuels and Matthew S. Shugart provide a theoretical framework for analyzing variation in the relationships among presidents, parties, and prime ministers across the world's democracies, revealing the important ways that the separation of powers alters party organization and behavior - thereby changing the nature of democratic representation and accountability.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/89687/cover/9780521689687.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521869544</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521869546</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521869546</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Presidents, Parties, and Prime Ministers</TitleText>
<Subtitle>How the Separation of Powers Affects Party Organization and Behavior</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521869546</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Samuels, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shugart, Matthew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book provides a framework for analyzing the impact of the separation of powers on party politics. Conventional political science wisdom assumes that democracy is impossible without political parties, because parties fulfil all the key functions of democratic governance. They nominate candidates, coordinate campaigns, aggregate interests, formulate and implement policy, and manage government power. When scholars first asserted the essential connection between parties and democracy, most of the world's democracies were parliamentary. Yet by the dawn of the twenty-first century, most democracies had directly elected presidents. David J. Samuels and Matthew S. Shugart provide a theoretical framework for analyzing variation in the relationships among presidents, parties, and prime ministers across the world's democracies, revealing the important ways that the separation of powers alters party organization and behavior - thereby changing the nature of democratic representation and accountability.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/69546/cover/9780521869546.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>195.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521162912</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521162913</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521162913</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Pushing the Agenda</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Presidential Leadership in US Lawmaking, 1953-2004</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521162913</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beckmann, Matthew N.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Today's presidents enter office having campaigned on an ambitious policy agenda, eager to see it enacted, and willing to push so that it is. The central question of presidents' legislative leadership, therefore, is not a question of resolve, it is a question of strategy: by what means can presidents build winning coalitions for their agenda? Pushing the Agenda uncovers the answer. It reveals the predictable nature of presidents' policy making opportunities and the systematic strategies White House officials employ to exploit those opportunities. Drawing on an eclectic array of original evidence - spanning presidents from Dwight Eisenhower to George W. Bush and issues ranging from education to energy, and healthcare to taxes - Matthew N. Beckmann finds modern presidents' influence in Congress is real, often substantial, and - to date - largely underestimated.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/62913/cover/9780521162913.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100215</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760143</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760140</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760140</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Pushing the Agenda</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Presidential Leadership in US Lawmaking, 1953-2004</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760140</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Beckmann, Matthew N.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Today's presidents enter office having campaigned on an ambitious policy agenda, eager to see it enacted, and willing to push so that it is. The central question of presidents' legislative leadership, therefore, is not a question of resolve, it is a question of strategy: by what means can presidents build winning coalitions for their agenda? Pushing the Agenda uncovers the answer. It reveals the predictable nature of presidents' policy making opportunities and the systematic strategies White House officials employ to exploit those opportunities. Drawing on an eclectic array of original evidence - spanning presidents from Dwight Eisenhower to George W. Bush and issues ranging from education to energy, and healthcare to taxes - Matthew N. Beckmann finds modern presidents' influence in Congress is real, often substantial, and - to date - largely underestimated.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/62913/cover/9780521162913.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100215</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052113711X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521137119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521137119</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Radicalism and Political Reform in the Islamic and Western Worlds</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521137119</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hafez, Kai</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Over the last decade, political Islam has been denounced in the Western media and in the surrounding literature as a terrorist or fascist movement that is entirely at odds with Western democratic ideology. Kai Hafez's book overturns these arguments, contending that, despite its excesses, as a radical form of political opposition the movement plays a central role in the processes of democratization and modernization, and that these processes have direct parallels in the history and politics of the West. By analyzing the evolution of Christian democratization through the upheavals of the Reformation, colonisation, fascism, and totalitarianism, the book shows how radicalism and violence were constant accompaniments to political change, and that these components - despite assertions to the contrary - are still part of Western political culture to this day.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/37119/cover/9780521137119.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>63.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763207</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763202</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763202</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Radicalism and Political Reform in the Islamic and Western Worlds</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763202</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hafez, Kai</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Over the last decade, political Islam has been denounced in the Western media and in the surrounding literature as a terrorist or fascist movement that is entirely at odds with Western democratic ideology. Kai Hafez's book overturns these arguments, contending that, despite its excesses, as a radical form of political opposition the movement plays a central role in the processes of democratization and modernization, and that these processes have direct parallels in the history and politics of the West. By analyzing the evolution of Christian democratization through the upheavals of the Reformation, colonisation, fascism, and totalitarianism, the book shows how radicalism and violence were constant accompaniments to political change, and that these components - despite assertions to the contrary - are still part of Western political culture to this day.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/37119/cover/9780521137119.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>210.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197503</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197502</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197502</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ruling Europe</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Politics of the Stability and Growth Pact</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197502</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heipertz, Martin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Verdun, Amy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Juncker, Jean-Claude</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPHC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Stability and Growth Pact (SGP) is central to Economic and Monetary Union (EMU) in Europe. Initiated by Germany in 1995 and adopted in 1997, it regulates the fiscal policies of European Union Member States. Following numerous violations of its deficit reference value, the Pact's Excessive Deficit Procedure was suspended in 2003. The decision to suspend was brought before the European Court of Justice in 2004 and the SGP then underwent painstaking reform in 2005. After a period of economic prosperity and falling budgetary deficits, the global economic crisis is putting the system under renewed stress. Ruling Europe presents the first comprehensive analysis of the political history of the SGP as the cornerstone of EMU. It examines the SGP through different theoretical lenses, offering a fascinating study of European integration and institutional design. One cannot understand the euro without first understanding the SGP.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97502/cover/9780521197502.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100318</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>190.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197562</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197564</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197564</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Security and the Environment</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Securitisation Theory and US Environmental Security Policy</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197564</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Floyd, Rita</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>230</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In 1993 the first Clinton administration declared environmental security a national security issue, but by the end of the Bush administrations environmental security had vanished from the government's agenda. This book uses changing US environmental security policy to propose a revised securitisation theory, one that both allows insights into the intentions of key actors and enables moral evaluations in the environmental sector of security. Security and the Environment brings together the subject of environmental security and the Copenhagen School's securitisation theory. Drawing on original interviews with former key players in United States environmental security, Rita Floyd makes a significant and original contribution to environmental security studies and security studies more generally. This book will be of interest to international relations scholars and political practitioners concerned with security, as well as students of international environmental politics and US policy-making.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97564/cover/9780521197564.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521682320</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521682329</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521682329</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The American Public Mind</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Issues Structure of Mass Politics in the Postwar United States</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521682329</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Claggett, William J. M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shafer, Byron E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What is the real nature of substantive conflict in mass politics during the postwar years in the United States? How is it reflected in the American public mind? And how does this issue structure shape electoral conflict? William J. M. Claggett and Byron E. Shafer answer by developing measures of public preference in four great policy realms - social welfare, international relations, civil rights, and cultural values - for the entire period between 1952 and 2004. They use these to identify the issues that were moving the voting public at various points in time, while revealing the way in which public preferences shaped the structure of electoral politics. What results is the restoration of policy substance to the center of mass politics in the United States.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/82329/cover/9780521682329.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521863732</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521863735</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521863735</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The American Public Mind</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Issues Structure of Mass Politics in the Postwar United States</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521863735</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Claggett, William J. M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shafer, Byron E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>312</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What is the real nature of substantive conflict in mass politics during the postwar years in the United States? How is it reflected in the American public mind? And how does this issue structure shape electoral conflict? William J. M. Claggett and Byron E. Shafer answer by developing measures of public preference in four great policy realms - social welfare, international relations, civil rights, and cultural values - for the entire period between 1952 and 2004. They use these to identify the issues that were moving the voting public at various points in time, while revealing the way in which public preferences shaped the structure of electoral politics. What results is the restoration of policy substance to the center of mass politics in the United States.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/82329/cover/9780521682329.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100829</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521143586</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143585</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143585</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The International Monetary Fund in the Global Economy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Banks, Bonds, and Bailouts</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521143585</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Copelovitch, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The explosive growth and increasing complexity of global financial markets are defining characteristics of the contemporary world economy. Unfortunately, financial globalization has been accompanied by a marked increase in the frequency and severity of financial crises. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has taken a central role in managing these crises through its loans to developing countries. Despite extensive analysis and criticism of the IMF in recent years, key questions remain unanswered. Why does the Fund treat some countries more generously than others? To what extent is IMF lending driven by political factors rather than economic concerns? In whose interests does the IMF act? In this book, Mark Copelovitch offers novel answers to these questions. Combining statistical analysis with detailed case studies, he demonstrates how the politics and policies of the IMF have evolved over the last three decades in response to fundamental changes in the composition of international capital flows.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43585/cover/9780521143585.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194334</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194334</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194334</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The International Monetary Fund in the Global Economy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Banks, Bonds, and Bailouts</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194334</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Copelovitch, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The explosive growth and increasing complexity of global financial markets are defining characteristics of the contemporary world economy. Unfortunately, financial globalization has been accompanied by a marked increase in the frequency and severity of financial crises. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has taken a central role in managing these crises through its loans to developing countries. Despite extensive analysis and criticism of the IMF in recent years, key questions remain unanswered. Why does the Fund treat some countries more generously than others? To what extent is IMF lending driven by political factors rather than economic concerns? In whose interests does the IMF act? In this book, Mark Copelovitch offers novel answers to these questions. Combining statistical analysis with detailed case studies, he demonstrates how the politics and policies of the IMF have evolved over the last three decades in response to fundamental changes in the composition of international capital flows.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/94334/cover/9780521194334.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521116678</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116671</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521116671</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Military Transition</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Democratic Reform of the Armed Forces</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521116671</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Serra, Narc&#237;s</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bush, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Civilian control of the armed forces is crucial for any country hoping to achieve a successful democratic transition. In this remarkable book, Narc&#237;s Serra, Spanish Minister of Defence between 1982 and 1991, explains the steps necessary to reduce the powers of armed forces during the process of a democratic transition. Spain's military reform proved a fundamental and necessary element for the consolidation of Spanish democracy and is often viewed as a paradigm case for the transition to democracy. Drawing on this example, Serra outlines a simple model of the process and conditions necessary to any democratic military reform. He argues that progress in military transition must include legal and institutional reforms, changes to the military career structure and doctrine, and control of conflict levels.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/16671/cover/9780521116671.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100211</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521133440</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521133449</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521133449</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Military Transition</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Democratic Reform of the Armed Forces</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521133449</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Serra, Narc&#237;s</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B06</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bush, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Civilian control of the armed forces is crucial for any country hoping to achieve a successful democratic transition. In this remarkable book, Narc&#237;s Serra, Spanish Minister of Defence between 1982 and 1991, explains the steps necessary to reduce the powers of armed forces during the process of a democratic transition. Spain's military reform proved a fundamental and necessary element for the consolidation of Spanish democracy and is often viewed as a paradigm case for the transition to democracy. Drawing on this example, Serra outlines a simple model of the process and conditions necessary to any democratic military reform. He argues that progress in military transition must include legal and institutional reforms, changes to the military career structure and doctrine, and control of conflict levels.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/33449/cover/9780521133449.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100211</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>65.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521183685</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521183680</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521183680</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Politics of Welfare State Reform in Continental Europe</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Modernization in Hard Times</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521183680</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>H&#228;usermann, Silja</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book challenges existing theories of welfare state change by analyzing pension reforms in France, Germany, and Switzerland between 1970 and 2004. It explains why all three countries were able to adopt far-reaching reforms, adapting their pension regimes to both financial austerity and new social risks. In a radical departure from the neo-institutionalist emphasis on policy stability, the book argues that socio-structural change has led to a multidimensional pension reform agenda. A variety of cross-cutting lines of political conflict, emerging from the transition to a post-industrial economy, allowed governments to engage in strategies of political exchange and coalition-building, fostering broad cross-class coalitions in support of major reform packages. Methodologically, the book proposes a novel strategy to analyze lines of conflict, configurations of political actors, and coalitional dynamics over time. This strategy combines quantitative analyses of actor configurations based on coded policy positions with in-depth case studies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/83680/cover/9780521183680.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100315</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>55.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521127386</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127387</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127387</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Thomas Jefferson and Executive Power</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127387</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Jeremy D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>By revisiting Thomas Jefferson's understanding of executive power this book offers a new understanding of the origins of presidential power. Before Jefferson was elected president, he arrived at a way to resolve the tension between constitutionalism and executive power. Because his solution would preserve a strict interpretation of the Constitution as well as transform the precedents left by his Federalist predecessors, it provided an alternative to Alexander Hamilton's understanding of executive power. In fact, a more thorough account of Jefferson's political career suggests that Jefferson envisioned an executive that was powerful, or 'energetic', because it would be more explicitly attached to the majority will. Jefferson's Revolution of 1800, often portrayed as a reversal of the strong presidency, was itself premised on energy in the executive and was part of Jefferson's project to enable the Constitution to survive and even flourish in a world governed by necessity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27387/cover/9780521127387.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>71.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521139341</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Wealth, Health, and Democracy in East Asia and Latin America</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521139342</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McGuire, James W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why do some societies fare well, and others poorly, at reducing the risk of early death? Wealth, Health, and Democracy in East Asia and Latin America finds that the public provision of basic health care and other inexpensive social services has reduced mortality rapidly even in tough economic circumstances, and that political democracy has contributed to the provision and utilization of such social services, in a wider range of ways than is sometimes recognized. These conclusions are based on case studies of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Costa Rica, Indonesia, South Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand, as well as on cross-national comparisons involving these cases and others.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/39342/cover/9780521139342.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100503</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521135303</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135306</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521135306</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Social Development as Preference Management</TitleText>
<Subtitle>How Infants, Children, and Parents Get What They Want from One Another</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521135306</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Karniol, Rachel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Karniol engagingly presents social development in children through the language of preference management. Conversational excerpts garnered from around the world trace how parents talk about preferences, how infants' and children's emergent language conveys their preferences, how children themselves are impacted by others' preferences, and how they in turn influence the preferences of adults and peers. The language of preferences is used to crack into altruism, aggression, and morality, which are ways of coming to terms with other people's preferences. Behind the scenes is a cognitive engine that uses transformational thought - conducting temporal, imaginal, and mental transformations - to figure out other people's preferences and to find more sophisticated means of outmanoeuvring others by persuading them and playing with one's own mind and other people's minds when preferences are blocked. This book is a unique and sometimes amusing must-read for anyone interested in child development, language acquisition, socialisation, and communication.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/35306/cover/9780521135306.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100419</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521161541</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521161541</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521161541</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Thinking as Communicating</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Human Development, the Growth of Discourses, and Mathematizing</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521161541</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sfard, Anna</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book is an attempt to change our thinking about thinking. Anna Sfard undertakes this task convinced that many long-standing, seemingly irresolvable quandaries regarding human development originate in ambiguities of the existing discourses on thinking. Standing on the shoulders of Vygotsky and Wittgenstein, the author defines thinking as a form of communication. The disappearance of the time-honoured thinking-communicating dichotomy is epitomised by Sfard's term, commognition, which combines communication with cognition. The commognitive tenet implies that verbal communication with its distinctive property of recursive self-reference may be the primary source of humans' unique ability to accumulate the complexity of their action from one generation to another. The explanatory power of the commognitive framework and the manner in which it contributes to our understanding of human development is illustrated through commognitive analysis of mathematical discourse accompanied by vignettes from mathematics classrooms.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/61541/cover/9780521161541.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100222</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521717817</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717816</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521717816</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Methods for Luke</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521717816</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Green, Joel B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRLB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Methods for Luke, four leading scholars demonstrate how different interpretive methods provide insight into the Gospel of Luke. Introducing contemporary perspectives on historical criticism, feminist criticism, narrative criticism, and Latino interpretation, they illustrate these approaches to New Testament study by examining either the Parable of the Rich Man and Lazarus (Luke 16:19-31) or Jesus' warning regarding the scribes and the story of the women with two small coins (Luke 20:45-21:4). The use of two 'set texts' enables readers to understand how method makes a difference in the reading of the same text.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/17816/cover/9780521717816.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100222</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052188912X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889124</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889124</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Methods for Luke</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521889124</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Green, Joel B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>168</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRLB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In Methods for Luke, four leading scholars demonstrate how different interpretive methods provide insight into the Gospel of Luke. Introducing contemporary perspectives on historical criticism, feminist criticism, narrative criticism, and Latino interpretation, they illustrate these approaches to New Testament study by examining either the Parable of the Rich Man and Lazarus (Luke 16:19-31) or Jesus' warning regarding the scribes and the story of the women with two small coins (Luke 20:45-21:4). The use of two 'set texts' enables readers to understand how method makes a difference in the reading of the same text.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/89124/cover/9780521889124.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100226</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521760275</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760270</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521760270</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Science and Religion</TitleText>
<Subtitle>New Historical Perspectives</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521760270</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dixon, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cantor, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pumfrey, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The idea of an inevitable conflict between science and religion was decisively challenged by John Hedley Brooke in his classic Science and Religion: Some Historical Perspectives (Cambridge, 1991). Almost two decades on, Science and Religion: New Historical Perspectives revisits this argument and asks how historians can now impose order on the complex and contingent histories of religious engagements with science. Bringing together leading scholars, this new volume explores the history and changing meanings of the categories 'science' and 'religion'; the role of publishing and education in forging and spreading ideas; the connection between knowledge, power and intellectual imperialism; and the reasons for the confrontation between evolution and creationism among American Christians and in the Islamic world. A major contribution to the historiography of science and religion, this book makes the most recent scholarship on this much misunderstood debate widely accessible.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/60270/cover/9780521760270.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521727316</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521727310</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521727310</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Performing Qualitative Cross-Cultural Research</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521727310</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Liamputtong, Pranee</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Cross-cultural research is rife with ethical and methodological challenges but, despite the increased demand for such research, discussions on 'culturally sensitive methodologies' are still largely neglected. Consequently, researchers often find themselves faced with difficulties but lack information on how to deal with them. This text provides an in-depth discussion on how to perform qualitative research in cross-cultural contexts with an emphasis on a more ethical, sensible and responsible approach. Pranee Liamputtong suggests culturally sensitive and appropriate research methods that would work well with cultural groups. She offers thought-provoking perspectives and diverse cultural examples which will be of value to both novice and experienced cross-cultural researchers. Throughout the volume there are references to the excellent work of many cross-cultural researchers who have paved the way in different social and cultural settings.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/27310/cover/9780521727310.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521898684</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521898683</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521898683</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Performing Qualitative Cross-Cultural Research</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521898683</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Liamputtong, Pranee</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>302</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHBC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Cross-cultural research is rife with ethical and methodological challenges but, despite the increased demand for such research, discussions on 'culturally sensitive methodologies' are still largely neglected. Consequently, researchers often find themselves faced with difficulties but lack information on how to deal with them. This text provides an in-depth discussion on how to perform qualitative research in cross-cultural contexts with an emphasis on a more ethical, sensible and responsible approach. Pranee Liamputtong suggests culturally sensitive and appropriate research methods that would work well with cultural groups. She offers thought-provoking perspectives and diverse cultural examples which will be of value to both novice and experienced cross-cultural researchers. Throughout the volume there are references to the excellent work of many cross-cultural researchers who have paved the way in different social and cultural settings.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/98683/cover/9780521898683.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100401</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521872871</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521872874</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521872874</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Population and Society</TitleText>
<Subtitle>An Introduction to Demography</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521872874</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Poston, Dudley L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bouvier, Leon F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHBD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Population and Society: An Introduction to Demography is an ideal text for undergraduate, as well as graduate, students taking their first course in demography. It is sociologically oriented, although economics, political science, geography, history, and the other social sciences are also used to inform the materials. Although the emphasis is on demography, the book recognizes that, at the individual level, population change is related to private decisions, especially in relation to fertility, but also to mortality and migration. The text thus considers in some detail the role of individuals in population decision making. At the level of countries, and even the world, changes in population size have an important effect on the environmental and related challenges facing all of the world's inhabitants. Therefore, attention is paid to the broad implications of population growth and change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/72874/cover/9780521872874.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100531</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>150.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521708389</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708388</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708388</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521708388</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Broadberry, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>O'Rourke, Kevin H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>368</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Unlike most existing textbooks on the economic history of modern Europe, which offer a country-by-country approach, The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe rethinks Europe's economic history since 1700 as unified and pan-European, with the material organised by topic rather than by country. This first volume is centred on the transition to modern economic growth, which first occurred in Britain before spreading to other parts of western Europe by 1870. Each chapter is written by an international team of authors who cover the three major regions of northern Europe, southern Europe, and central and eastern Europe. The volume covers the major themes of modern economic history, including trade; urbanization; aggregate economic growth; the major sectors of agriculture, industry and services; and the development of living standards, including the distribution of income. The quantitative approach makes use of modern economic analysis in a way that is easy for students to understand.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/08388/cover/9780521708388.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521708397</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708395</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521708395</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521708395</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Broadberry, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>O'Rourke, Kevin H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Unlike most existing textbooks on the economic history of modern Europe, which offer a country-by-country approach, The Cambridge Economic History of Modern Europe rethinks Europe's economic history since 1700 as unified and pan-European, with the material organized by topic rather than by country. This second volume tracks Europe's economic history through three major phases since 1870. The first phase was an age of globalization and of European economic and political dominance that lasted until the First World War. The second, from 1914 to 1945, was one of war, deglobalization, and depression and the third was one of growing integration not only within Europe but also between Europe and the global economy. Leading authors offer comprehensive and accessible introductions to these patterns of globalization and deglobalization as well as to key themes in modern economic history such as economic growth, business cycles, sectoral developments, and population and living standards.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/08395/cover/9780521708395.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100928</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>66.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>
</ONIXMessage>
